WO2023245407A1 - Communication method, terminal device and network device - Google Patents

Communication method, terminal device and network device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023245407A1
WO2023245407A1 PCT/CN2022/100053 CN2022100053W WO2023245407A1 WO 2023245407 A1 WO2023245407 A1 WO 2023245407A1 CN 2022100053 W CN2022100053 W CN 2022100053W WO 2023245407 A1 WO2023245407 A1 WO 2023245407A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ssb
value
indication information
prach
transmission resource
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/100053
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
崔胜江
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2022/100053 priority Critical patent/WO2023245407A1/en
Publication of WO2023245407A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023245407A1/en

Links

Images

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared CHannel
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • Msg3 Message 3
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, terminal equipment, and network equipment.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the terminal equipment receives first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including:
  • the network device sends first indication information; the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, including:
  • the first communication unit is configured to receive first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
  • This embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including:
  • the second communication unit is configured to send first indication information; the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, including a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, so that the terminal device performs the above communication method.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory, so that the network device performs the above communication method.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory, so that the network device performs the above communication method.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a chip for implementing the above communication method.
  • the chip includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the above-mentioned communication method.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program.
  • the computer program When the computer program is run by a device, it causes the device to perform the above communication method.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program instructions, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the above communication method.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a computer program that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the above communication method.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including: a terminal device for performing the above communication method; and a network device for performing the above communication method.
  • the terminal device may be instructed whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the terminal device can be added with the function of enabling repeated transmission of PRACH, and then perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on instructions from the network device when necessary.
  • the terminal equipment can support repeated transmission of PRACH, thereby ensuring that the coverage of PRACH is enhanced when PRACH is repeatedly transmitted.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a time domain configuration of PRACH resources.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of resource configuration in the PRACH frequency domain.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the mapping relationship between SSB and RO.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the composition of DCI format 1_0 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 8 to 14 are diagrams illustrating various examples of composition patterns of multiple target transmission resources according to embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic block diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 19 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Advanced long term evolution
  • NR New Radio
  • NTN Non-Terrestrial Networks
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • WiFi wireless fidelity
  • 5G fifth-generation communication
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, a dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC) scenario, or a standalone (Standalone, SA)Network scene.
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to unlicensed spectrum, where the unlicensed spectrum can also be considered as shared spectrum; or, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to licensed spectrum , among which, licensed spectrum can also be considered as non-shared spectrum.
  • the embodiments of this application describe various embodiments in combination with network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the terminal equipment may also be called user equipment (User Equipment, UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the terminal device can be a station (ST) in the WLAN, a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, or a personal digital processing unit.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems
  • vehicle-mounted devices wearable devices
  • next-generation communication systems such as terminal devices in NR networks, or in the future Terminal equipment in the evolved Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) network, etc.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites). superior).
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone (Mobile Phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, or an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones.
  • the network device may be a device used to communicate with mobile devices.
  • the network device may be an access point (Access Point, AP) in WLAN, or a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in GSM or CDMA.
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • it can be a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, or an evolutionary base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or access point, or a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and an NR network network equipment (gNB) or network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network or network equipment in the NTN network, etc.
  • AP Access Point
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • NodeB, NB base station
  • Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB evolution base station
  • gNB NR network network equipment
  • the network device may have mobile characteristics, for example, the network device may be a mobile device.
  • the network device can be a satellite or balloon station.
  • the satellite can be a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, a geosynchronous orbit (geostationary earth orbit, GEO) satellite, a high elliptical orbit (High Elliptical Orbit, HEO) satellite ) satellite, etc.
  • the network device may also be a base station installed on land, water, etc.
  • network equipment can provide services for a cell, and terminal equipment communicates with the network equipment through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell.
  • the cell can be a network equipment ( For example, the cell corresponding to the base station), the cell can belong to the macro base station, or it can belong to the base station corresponding to the small cell (Small cell).
  • the small cell here can include: urban cell (Metro cell), micro cell (Micro cell), pico cell ( Pico cell), femto cell (Femto cell), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-rate data transmission services.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a communication system 100.
  • the communication system includes a network device 110 and two terminal devices 120.
  • the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices 110 , and the coverage of each network device 110 may include other numbers of terminal devices 120 , which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 may also include other network entities such as Mobility Management Entity (MME), Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF), etc.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • This application implements This example does not limit this.
  • network equipment may include access network equipment and core network equipment. That is, the wireless communication system also includes multiple core networks used to communicate with access network equipment.
  • the access network equipment can be a long-term evolution (long-term evolution, LTE) system, a next-generation (mobile communication system) (next radio, NR) system or authorized auxiliary access long-term evolution (LAA- Evolutionary base station (evolutional node B, abbreviated as eNB or e-NodeB) macro base station, micro base station (also known as "small base station"), pico base station, access point (access point, AP), Transmission point (TP) or new generation base station (new generation Node B, gNodeB), etc.
  • LTE long-term evolution
  • NR next-generation
  • LAA- Evolutionary base station evolutional node B, abbreviated as eNB or e-NodeB
  • eNB next-generation
  • NR next-generation
  • LAA- Evolutionary base station evolutional node B, abbreviated as eNB or e-NodeB
  • the communication equipment may include network equipment and terminal equipment with communication functions.
  • the network equipment and terminal equipment may be specific equipment in the embodiments of the present application, which will not be described again here; the communication equipment also It may include other devices in the communication system, such as network controllers, mobility management entities and other network entities, which are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • A indicates B, which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also mean that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also mean that there is an association between A and B. relation.
  • the term "correspondence" can mean that there is a direct correspondence or indirect correspondence between the two, it can also mean that there is an associated relationship between the two, or it can mean indicating and being instructed, configuration and being. Configuration and other relationships.
  • PRACH Physical Random Access CHannel
  • NR supports 4 long sequence preamble formats (both lengths are 839), of which format 0 , 1 follows the LTE format, format 0 is used for typical macro cell coverage, format 1 is used for ultra-large cell coverage, format 2 uses more sequence repetitions for coverage enhancement, and format 3 is used in high-speed mobile scenarios, such as high-speed rail.
  • NR also supports three series of short preamble formats: A, B, and C, which are suitable for different application scenarios.
  • Period of PRACH resources affects the random access delay. A shorter PRACH period can shorten the random access delay; conversely, a longer PRACH period The period causes the random access delay to increase. On the other hand, the period of PRACH resources also affects the resource overhead occupied by PRACH.
  • a distinctive feature of NR is that it needs to support beam scanning. In order to support random access requests from UEs distributed in various beams, the system needs to configure corresponding PRACH resources for each beam direction. Therefore, the NR standard supports the PRACH cycle of ⁇ 10, 20, 40, 80, 160 ⁇ ms. Network equipment can weigh various factors such as delay and system overhead to set an appropriate PRACH cycle.
  • Time domain configuration of PRACH resources In order to determine the time domain resources of PRACH, on the basis of determining the PRACH cycle, it is also necessary to further determine the time domain distribution of PRACH resources within the PRACH cycle.
  • the PRACH resource configuration information indicates the subframe number of one or more subframes where the PRACH resource is located; for FR2, in order to facilitate resource indication, the 60KHz subcarrier interval is used as a reference slot to indicate one or more subframes where the PRACH resource is located. The time slot number of the reference time slot.
  • One subframe in FR1 corresponds to a 15KHz PRACH time slot, or two 30KHz PRACH time slots (as shown in Figure 2, one subframe corresponds to two PRACH time slots); in FR2, a reference time slot refers to 60KHz. Corresponds to one 60KHz PRACH time slot, or two 120KHz PRACH time slots (as shown in Figure 2, one time slot corresponds to two PRACH time slots).
  • the network can configure one or more RO (PRACH Occasion, PRACH opportunity).
  • the so-called PRACH Occasion is the time-frequency resource that carries Preamble transmission.
  • the network can be configured within a PRACH time slot.
  • PRACH frequency domain resource configuration In the frequency domain, NR supports configuring 1, 2, 4 or 8 FDM (Frequency-division multiplexing, frequency division multiplexing) PRACH resources to expand PRACH capacity. When more than one PRACH resource is configured in the domain, these PRACH resources are continuously distributed in the frequency domain. As shown in Figure 3, the number of FDMs is equal to 4, that is, 4 PRACH resources are configured in the frequency domain.
  • the network notifies the offset of the starting PRB of the first RO resource in the frequency domain relative to the starting physical resource block (PRB) of the BWP (Bandwidth Part) (ie, BWP PRB 0 shown in Figure 3). shift.
  • PRB physical resource block
  • Layer 1 Before the physical layer random access process starts: Layer 1 will receive an SS/PBCH (Synchronization Signal and Physical Broadcast Channel) block index from the higher layer. Collection and provide a corresponding RSRP (Reference Signal Receiving Power, reference signal receiving power) measurement result to the upper layer; Layer 1 can receive from the upper layer to perform Type-1 (Type-1) random access or Type-2 (Type-2 ) Random access indication; Layer 1 receives the following information from the higher layer: (1) Configuration of PRACH transmission parameters, including PRACH preamble format, PRACH transmission time domain resources and frequency domain resources, etc.; (2) PRACH preamble The sequence determines the parameters of the root sequence and cyclic shift, such as the index of the logical root sequence list, cyclic shift (Ncs), set type (unrestricted, restricted set A, or restricted set B), etc.; when receiving a high-level or When the PRACH requested by the PDCCH command is transmitted, the random access process begins.
  • SS/PBCH Synchrom Generation
  • RSRP Reference Signal
  • PDCCH command trigger gNB tells the UE that it needs to re-initiate the random access process through a special DCI (Downlink Control Information) format 1_0; MAC (Media Access Control) , Media Access Control) layer trigger: the UE selects preamble to initiate the random access process; RRC (Radio Resource Control, Radio Resource Control) layer trigger: such as initial access, reconstruction, handover, RRC_INACTIVE (inactive) to RRC_CONNECTED (connected) ) state, request other SI (System Information, system message), RRC request during synchronous reconfiguration, etc.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • Radio Resource Control Radio Resource Control
  • SSB Synchronization Signal Block
  • PRACH Occasion Before the UE initiates access at any time, the UE will measure and evaluate the signal quality of the cell and the signal strength of each SSB in the cell. When initiating PRACH, the UE sends preamble on the PRACH occasion corresponding to the SSB with the strongest or stronger signal. If the network successfully receives the preamble, it will learn the downlink beam information of the UE based on the PRACH occasion where the preamble is located, and then use the beam information for subsequent communications, such as msg2, msg4, etc.
  • the mapping of SSB and RO adopts frequency domain priority design, as follows: within each PRACH occasion, according to the increasing order of the preamble index; according to the increasing order of the FDM PRACH occasion number; within a PRACH slot, according to the time division multiplexing order The increasing order of the PRACH occurrence numbers used; according to the increasing order of the PRACH slot. For scenarios where the base station can only receive a single beam, multiple PRACH occasions of frequency division multiplexing can be configured to correspond to the same SSB.
  • Figure 4 shows the mapping relationship between SSB and RO at different SSB_per_RO (1/4, 1/2, 1, 2, 8). As shown in part 401 in Figure 4, it is assumed that all SSBs of the system have a total of 8 SSBs.
  • time domain RO is frequency division multiplexed into 4 frequency domain ROs
  • one SSB is mapped to the same time domain RO.
  • Four frequency domain ROs in one time domain such as part 401 in Figure 4
  • SSB1 maps to the four frequency domain ROs in the first time domain
  • SSB2 maps to the four frequency domain ROs in the second time domain, etc. Wait, I won’t go into details one by one. Assume that all SSBs in the system have a total of 8 SSBs.
  • SSB1 is mapped to two frequency domain ROs in the first time domain.
  • SSB2 is mapped to the two frequency domain ROs in the first time domain, and SSB2 is located after SSB1, so we will not go into details one by one. Assume that all SSBs in the system have a total of 8 SSBs.
  • SSB1 is mapped to the first frequency domain RO in the first time domain
  • SSB2 is mapped to to the second frequency domain RO of the first time domain
  • SSB2 is located after SSB1, so we will not go into details one by one.
  • PRACH mask index (mask index) is used to determine the PRACH resource location based on the non-contention-based random access process.
  • PRACH mask index configuration methods There are four non-contention based PRACH mask index configuration methods: 1) indicated by the parameter PRACH-ConfigDedicated (dedicated configuration) -> ra-ssb-OccasionmaskIndex in message 4; 2) indicated by the parameter BeamFailureRecoveryConfig (beam failure recovery configuration) in message 4 ->ra-ssb-OccassionMakIndex indication; 3) Indicated by SI-SchedulingInfo (scheduling information)->SI-RequestResources (request resources)->ra-ssb-OccassionMakIndex in SIB1 (System Information Block1); 4 ) is indicated by PDCCH order through PRACH mask index in DCI format 1_0.
  • NR Coverage is one of the key factors that operators consider when commercializing cellular communication networks, as it directly affects service quality as well as capital expenditure and operating costs. In most scenarios of actual deployment, UL performance may be the bottleneck, while in some vertical use cases, UL traffic is large, such as video uploading. In the Rel-17 research project 900061 "NR Coverage Enhancement”, some bottleneck channels identified in the "860036" research project “NR Coverage Enhancement Research”, especially the NR coverage of PUSCH, PUCCH and Msg3, were expanded. However, due to the limited range of Rel-17WID, not all needs for coverage enhancement were met. PRACH transmission is very important in many processes, such as initial access and beam failure recovery. Therefore, how to improve the coverage performance of PRACH has become a problem that needs to be solved.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method 500 according to an embodiment of the present application. This method can optionally be applied to the system shown in Figure 1, but is not limited thereto. The method includes at least some of the following:
  • the terminal device receives first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 600 according to an embodiment of the present application. This method can optionally be applied to the system shown in Figure 1, but is not limited thereto. The method includes at least some of the following:
  • the network device sends first indication information; the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
  • the network device may be an access network device, for example, it may be a gNB, an eNB, a base station, etc., which are not exhaustive.
  • the aforementioned first indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal equipment performs repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the first indication information may be called PRACH repetition indicator information, or an indication field of PRACH repeated transmission; it should be understood that the first indication information
  • the indication information can also be called other names, such as PRACH repetition flag (PRACH repeated transmission flag), PRACH repetition enabled (PRACH repeated transmission enable) information, msg1 repetition indicator (msg1 repeated transmission indication) information, msg1 repetition flag (flag bit of msg1 repeated transmission), msg1 repetition enabled (msg1 repeated transmission enable) information, etc.
  • PRACH repetition flag PRACH repeated transmission flag
  • PRACH repetition enabled PRACH repeated transmission enable
  • the aforementioned first indication information may be carried by any one of a variety of information or signaling; for example, the first indication information may be carried by one of the following: DCI or RRC signaling.
  • the first indication information is carried by DCI
  • the DCI may be a first DCI
  • the format of the first DCI is DCI format (format) 1_0.
  • the DCI format 1_0 is carried by PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel, Physical Downlink Control CHannel).
  • the aforementioned first indication information may specifically be carried by the first DCI, that is, the first information field of DCI format 1_0.
  • the first information field may be a new information field, specifically, it may be a new information field obtained by defining one or more bits among the reserved bits.
  • the DCI format 1_0 when DCI format 1_0 is used to carry the first indication information, the DCI format 1_0 needs to meet at least one of the following three conditions: Use RNTI (Radio Network Temporary Identifier, Wireless Network Temporary Identifier) for scrambling ;
  • Use RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identifier, Wireless Network Temporary Identifier
  • the "Frequency domain resource assignment (Frequency domain resource assignment)" field (Field) is all "1"; and the Random Access Preamble index (random access preamble index number) Field is not all "0".
  • RNTI can be one of the following: C-RNTI (Cell-RNTI, temporary cell wireless network identification), TC-RNTI (Temporary Cell RNTI, temporary cell RNTI), CS-RNTI (Configured Scheduling RNTI, configuration scheduling RNTI), MCS-C-RNTI (Modulcation Coding Scheme Cell RNTI, Modulation Coding Scheme Cell RNTI).
  • C-RNTI Cell-RNTI, temporary cell wireless network identification
  • TC-RNTI Temporary Cell RNTI, temporary cell RNTI
  • CS-RNTI Configured Scheduling RNTI, configuration scheduling RNTI
  • MCS-C-RNTI Modulcation Coding Scheme Cell RNTI, Modulation Coding Scheme Cell RNTI.
  • DCI format 1_0 when DCI format 1_0 is used to carry the first indication information, the aforementioned DCI format 1_0 needs to meet all of the above three conditions. This is because if DCI format 1_0 uses C-RNTI (Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier, Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier) for scrambling, and the "Frequency domain resource assignment" field is all "1", Then DCI format 1_0 is used for the random access process initiated by the PDCCH command. At this time, using the DCI format 1_0 to carry the first indication information can enable the terminal device to initiate the random access process when receiving the first indication information, and directly Determine whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH during random access.
  • C-RNTI Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier, Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • the PRACH mask index (mask index number) field is used to indicate the RO associated with SS/PBCH (that is, SSB).
  • the SS/PBCH index (index number) field is used to determine the SSB used for PRACH transmission.
  • the SSB used for the above PRACH transmission and the RO associated with the SSB can enable the terminal device to determine the transmission resources to be used for this PRACH transmission or repeated transmission. .
  • Field (Field) 1 Identifier for DCI format (identifier of DCI format): 1 bit (bit), used to indicate DCI format;
  • Frequency domain resource assignment used to indicate the frequency domain resource, the x bits it occupies; x can be determined according to the actual situation, specifically it can be calculated based on the formula specified in the protocol, which is not limited here;
  • Random Access Preamble index 6 bits, used to explicitly indicate ra-PreambleIndex (random access-preamble index number);
  • UL/SUL (supplementary Uplink, supplementary uplink) indicator 1 bit, if "Random Access Preamble index" is not all 0, and the UE is configured with SUL in ServingCellConfig (serving cell configuration), the The field indicates which UL carrier is used for PRACH transmission; otherwise, this field is reserved;
  • SS/PBCH index (index number): 6 bits. If "Random Access Preamble index" is not all 0, this field indicates the SS/PBCH used to determine the RACH occasion used for PRACH transmission; otherwise, this field is reserved;
  • PRACH mask index 4 bits. If "Random Access Preamble index" is not all 0, this field indicates the RACH occurrence associated with SS/PBCH (indicated by 6-bit SS/PBCH index); otherwise, this field is reserved;
  • first indication information 1 or more bits, used to indicate whether the terminal device performs repeated transmission of PRACH;
  • reserved bits As specified in the protocol, when operating in a cell with shared spectrum channel access in FR1, or when the DCI format is monitored in the common search space in FR2-2, the reserved bits are 12 bits; otherwise , the reserved bits are 10 bits. In this example, the first indication information will occupy one or more bits of the reserved bits, so the number of reserved bits may be less than or equal to 11 bits, or the number of reserved bits may be less than or equal to 9bit.
  • Figure 7 also illustrates an arrangement order of the aforementioned Field 1 to Field 8 in the DCI format 1_0 carrying the first indication information;
  • Figure 7 is only an exemplary illustration.
  • the aforementioned Field 7 can be before Field 8 , it can also be within Field 8, or it can also be after Field 8, which are all within the protection scope of this embodiment, but it is not exhaustive.
  • the first indication information is carried by DCI, which may be a second DCI.
  • the format of the second DCI is a DCI format other than DCI format 1_0.
  • the format of the second DCI may be: among the DCI formats specified by the protocol, other DCI formats except DCI format 1_0.
  • the format of the second DCI is any one of the following: DCI format 0_0, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1, DCI format 2_1, DCI format 2_2, DCI format 2_3, etc.
  • the second DCI may also be a PDCCH bearer, but the function of the second DCI is not used to instruct the terminal device to initiate a random access process. This embodiment does not limit the specific function of the second DCI.
  • the first indication information may be carried by a designated information field of the second DCI, and the designated information field may occupy one or more bits among the reserved bits of the second DCI.
  • the format of the second DCI may be a newly defined DCI format.
  • the newly defined DCI format is different from the DCI format stipulated in the aforementioned protocols.
  • the second DCI may be specifically used to indicate whether the terminal device performs repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the first indication information may be carried by the designated information field of the second DCI, and the number of bits occupied by it may be one or more.
  • the first indication information is carried by RRC signaling.
  • the RRC signaling can be RRC signaling in any processing flow, for example, it can be RRC connection establishment signaling, RRC connection reconfiguration completion signaling, etc. All possible situations are not exhaustive here.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device performs S410, it may further include: when it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the first indication information, the terminal device performs repeated transmission of PRACH on multiple target transmission resources; wherein, Each target transmission resource among the plurality of target transmission resources is used for one PRACH transmission.
  • the network device after the network device performs S510, it may also include: when the first instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform repeated transmission of PRACH, the network device receives repeated transmission on multiple target transmission resources. Transmitted PRACH.
  • the network device can send the first indication information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; if the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform repeated transmission of PRACH, the network device can On multiple target transmission resources, receive the PRACH repeatedly transmitted by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines whether the network device instructs it to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the first instruction information. If it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH, Then, PRACH can be repeatedly transmitted on multiple target transmission resources.
  • the aforementioned repeated transmission of PRACH includes: the first transmission of PRACH, and one or more transmissions after the first transmission of PRACH. Since each of the plurality of target transmission resources is used for one PRACH transmission, the number of the plurality of target transmission resources is the same as the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
  • the first indication information may be carried by DCI or RRC signaling. If the first indication information is carried by the first DCI, the first DCI is used to instruct the terminal device to initiate a random access process; accordingly, when receiving the first DCI, the terminal device may, based on the first DCI
  • the first indication information carried in determines whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH. If it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH, start to perform repeated transmission of PRACH on multiple target transmission resources.
  • the terminal The device can determine whether it can perform repeated transmission of PRACH according to the first indication information. If the terminal device determines that it can perform repeated transmission of PRACH, then when the terminal device initiates a random access process, it will start to perform the process on multiple target transmission resources. Repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the terminal device may also include: when it is determined not to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH based on the first indication information, the terminal device performs one transmission of the PRACH on a selected transmission resource. That is to say, if the terminal device determines not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the first indication information, then the terminal device determines to perform only one transmission of PRACH. In this case, the terminal device only transmits on the selected transmission resource. A PRACH.
  • the network device may also include: the network device receives the PRACH when the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device not to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH.
  • a transmission resource selected by the terminal device may be a transmission resource selected according to existing protocol regulations.
  • transmission resources may specifically refer to PRACH opportunities; the PRACH opportunities may be time-frequency resources, and the PRACH opportunities may also be called ROs. It should be understood that in the following description of this disclosure, unless otherwise specified, transmission resources have the same meaning as RO, target transmission resources have the same meaning as target RO, available transmission resources have the same meaning as available RO, and will not be explained one by one below.
  • the foregoing embodiments specifically illustrate that when it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH, the terminal device performs repeated transmission of PRACH on multiple target transmission resources, and the network device receives the repeatedly transmitted PRACH on multiple target transmission resources.
  • the first indication information to indicate whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; and under different indication methods, how the terminal equipment and the network equipment specifically determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH, and how the terminal equipment and the network equipment specifically determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. How to determine multiple target transmission resources is explained in detail.
  • the network device may explicitly instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH through the first indication information.
  • the length of the first indication information may be 1 bit.
  • the way for the network device side to instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH may be to instruct the terminal device to perform repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value; and/ Or, when the value of the first indication information is the second specified value, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment not to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH.
  • the method for the terminal device to determine whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the first indication information may specifically include: when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, the terminal device: Determine to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; and/or, the terminal device determines not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a second specified value.
  • the first indication value is different from the second specified value, and the first specified value and the second specified value may be preconfigured.
  • the first specified value can be 0 and the second specified value can be 1; or the first specified value can be 1 and the second specified value can be 0; or other first specified values can also be set. or other second specified values.
  • the first specified value and the second specified value are different, they are all within the protection scope of this embodiment.
  • whether the terminal device performs repeated transmission of PRACH can be determined according to the first indication information of the explicit indication.
  • the terminal device and the network device also need to determine the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is related to the first parameter, where the first parameter is used to represent the number of SSBs associated with one transmission resource.
  • the first parameter may be SSB_per_RO in the previous embodiment.
  • the SSB_per_RO can be expressed as ssb-perRACH-Occasion when configured in the system. Specifically, it can be carried by any one of the following information: carried by high-level configuration parameters.
  • the high-level configuration parameters can be ssb-perRACH-OccasionAndCB-PreamblesPerSSB.
  • msgA-SSB-PerRACH -OccasionAndCB-PreamblesSSB the number of SSBs associated with a RO in msgA, and the number of competition-based preambles for each SSB on each valid RO
  • configuration based on non-contention random access CFRA, Contention Free Rach Access
  • ssb-perRACH-Occasion carried in the message
  • ssb-PerRACH-OccasionTwoStepRA (2-step random access) carried in the CFRA configuration message
  • ssb-perRACH carried in SI (System Information)-RequestConfig (request configuration) -Occasion
  • the first parameter may be a positive number, for example, the first parameter may be less than 1, or may not be less than 1.
  • the number of SSBs associated with any transmission resource within a mapping cycle is not less than 1; that is, within a mapping cycle, one SSB or multiple SSBs can be mapped to one Transport resources.
  • the first parameter is less than 1, the number of SSBs associated with any transmission resource in one mapping cycle is less than 1, that is, one SSB can be mapped to multiple transmission resources in one mapping cycle.
  • the aforementioned mapping cycle may include: transmission resources mapped by multiple SSBs.
  • the plurality of SSBs includes a first SSB.
  • the multiple SSBs may refer to all SSBs (which may be all configured SSBs, or all SSBs actually used in communication), that is, all SSBs in the system; correspondingly, a mapping cycle may include all SSB mappings All transmission resources, each of which is used to map one or more SSBs.
  • the number of transmission resources included in a mapping cycle is related to the number of all SSBs and the aforementioned first parameter. Specifically, the number of transmission resources included in a mapping cycle may be determined by: the product of the reciprocal of the first parameter and the number of all SSBs.
  • SSB_per_RO 2 SSBs
  • each RO is used to map 2 SSBs
  • the number of all SSBs is equal to 8
  • a mapping cycle can contain 4 ROs.
  • the arrangement of RO can be arranged from low frequency to high frequency in the frequency domain, and arranged in time order in the time domain.
  • the arrangement of RO Arrangement can be from bottom to top or left to right.
  • the first SSB is the SSB used by the terminal device, and the first SSB is determined based on fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  • the fourth instruction information may be sent by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the network device sends the fourth instruction information, and the fourth instruction information is used by the terminal device to determine the first SSB, the first SSB is the SSB used by the terminal device; the fourth indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  • the terminal device receives the fourth indication information, determines the SSB used by itself based on the fourth indication information, and uses the SSB used by itself as the first SSB.
  • the definition of the first DCI has been explained in the foregoing embodiments and will not be repeated here.
  • the fourth indication information may be the SS/PBCH index carried by Field 5 in the first DCI.
  • the relevant description of the SS/PBCH index is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be described again here.
  • the first parameter is less than 1 and the first parameter is not less than 1.
  • the first parameter is not less than 1.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH may be one of the following: equal to the first parameter; equal to the first preset value.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the first parameter.
  • the terminal device can determine that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH can be equal to 1, that is, it can determine that repeated transmission of PRACH is not performed at this time. Since the first parameter is configured by the network device for the terminal device, the network device can know in advance whether the first parameter is equal to 1. If the first parameter is equal to 1, it can be determined that the terminal device will not perform repeated transmission of PRACH at this time.
  • the terminal device may determine that the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the first parameter. Since the first parameter is configured by the network device for the terminal device, the network device can know in advance whether the first parameter is greater than 1. If the first parameter is greater than 1, the network device can determine that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to the first parameter. . For example, if the first parameter is 4, then the terminal device and the network device can respectively determine that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH can be equal to 4 times.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the first preset value.
  • the first preset value may be set according to actual conditions, and the first preset value may be 4, 8, or more or less, and is not exhaustive here.
  • the first preset value may be preconfigured by both the terminal device and the network device, or may be sent by the network device to the terminal device in advance.
  • the setting method of the first preset value is not limited here, as long as the terminal device and the network Both devices are set with the same first preset value, which is within the protection scope of this embodiment. In this example, if the terminal device and the network device respectively learn that the first parameter is greater than or equal to 1, then the terminal device and the network device can respectively determine that the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH can be equal to the first preset value.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is the first preset value; when the first parameter is greater than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is The maximum value of the first parameter and the first preset value; or, if the first parameter is greater than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is the minimum of the first parameter and the first preset value. value; or, if the first parameter is not less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is a value that is not equal to 1 among the first parameter and the first preset value.
  • Which of the above methods is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH can be predetermined by the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
  • the terminal device and the network device can negotiate to use any one of them. As long as the terminal device and the network device determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH in the same way, both are within the protection scope of this embodiment.
  • the terminal device and the network device may also respectively determine multiple target transmission resources for repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the starting target transmission resource of the above multiple target transmission resources may be: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first mapping cycle The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  • the first mapping cycle may refer to the first mapping cycle after the terminal device enters the random access process; the definition of the mapping cycle has been explained in the foregoing embodiments and will not be repeated here.
  • the first SSB associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle An available transmission resource may be: the only available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle.
  • the only available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle may be determined based on the first parameter and the index number of the first SSB. Specifically, when the first parameter is not less than 1, the number of SSBs associated with a transmission resource is determined based on the first parameter; based on the number of SSBs associated with a transmission resource, the number of SSBs associated with each SSB in a mapping cycle is determined.
  • Transmission resources Based on the index number of the first SSB and the transmission resources associated with each SSB in a mapping cycle, the available transmission resources associated with the first SSB are determined.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the index number minus one, multiplied by the number of transmission resources associated with each SSB and then plus the transmission resource at the location. If the first There are two transmission resources associated with the SSB, and the first SSB is associated with the first available transmission resource and the subsequent transmission resource. For example, the index number of the first SSB is 1, and the number of transmission resources associated with each SSB in a mapping cycle is 2, then the available transmission resources associated with the first SSB are the first and second transmission resources.
  • a mapping cycle contains 4 ROs at a time domain position, such as in Figure 8 8021 indicates a mapping cycle; assuming that the index number of the first SSB is 6, and mapping cycle 8021 is the first mapping cycle, RO 8022 is the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  • the following two methods may be used to determine the multiple target transmission resources:
  • the multiple target transmission resources include: multiple transmission resources that are continuous within one or more mapping cycles. It should be noted that the above one or more mapping cycles are one or more consecutive mapping cycles. Here, multiple consecutive transmission resources within the one or more mapping cycles, in addition to the aforementioned starting target transmission resource, regardless of whether the multiple transmission resources are associated with the first SSB, can be used to repeat PRACH. transmission.
  • the number of the plurality of target transmission resources is the same as the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. Therefore, after the terminal device and the network device respectively determine the initial target transmission resources, they can both determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH according to the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. Determine the number of consecutive multiple transmission resources after the initial target transmission resource. Assume that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is 4. After the initial target transmission resource is determined, the initial target transmission resource and the subsequent three consecutive transmission resources are used as the multiple target transmission resources.
  • SSB_per_RO 1
  • a mapping cycle contains 8 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 8, the first SSB is SSB1, and the starting target RO of multiple target ROs can be:
  • the first available RO associated with SSB1 is RO 9011 in Figure 9; the multiple target ROs 9012 include: within the first mapping cycle, the starting target RO and the subsequent 7 consecutive ROs.
  • SSB_per_RO 2 ⁇ ⁇ SSB 5 ⁇ SSB 5 ⁇ SSB 5 ⁇ SSB 5 ⁇ SSB 5 ⁇ SSB 5 ⁇ SSB 5 ⁇ SSB 5 ⁇ SSB 5 ⁇ SSB 5 ⁇ SSB 5 ⁇ SSB 5 ⁇ SSB 5 ⁇ SSB 5 ⁇ SSB 5 ⁇ SSB 5 ⁇ SSB 5
  • the starting target RO of multiple target ROs can be :
  • the first available RO associated with SSB 5, which is RO 9021 in Figure 9; the multiple target ROs 9022 include: within the first mapping cycle, starting from the starting target RO and the subsequent 7 consecutive ROs.
  • the second way, the plurality of target transmission resources includes: within each mapping cycle in one or more mapping cycles, the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  • the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • the number of the multiple target transmission resources is the same as the number of repeated transmissions of the aforementioned PRACH, and when the first parameter is greater than or equal to 1, only one transmission resource in a mapping cycle is associated with the first SSB available transmission resources. Therefore, after the terminal device and the network device respectively determine the starting target transmission resource, both can determine the number of second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB after the starting target transmission resource according to the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. Assume that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is 4. After the starting target transmission resource is determined, the starting target transmission resource and the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the subsequent three consecutive mapping cycles, are used as the multiple target transmission resources.
  • a mapping cycle contains 4 ROs
  • the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 4
  • the index number of the first SSB is 5, which is SSB 5, and the second available associated with SSB 5
  • the transmission resource can be the third RO in a mapping cycle; then the starting target RO among the multiple target ROs is the third RO 1011 in the first mapping cycle.
  • the multiple target ROs 1012 include: from the Starting from the starting target RO in 1 mapping cycle (including starting target RO), the 3rd RO in the 2nd mapping cycle, the 3rd RO in the 3rd mapping cycle and within the 4th mapping cycle The 3rd RO in .
  • SSB_per_RO 8
  • a mapping cycle only contains 1 RO
  • the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 8
  • the index number of the first SSB is 1, that is, SSB 1, and the second one associated with SSB 1
  • the available transmission resource is the only one RO in a mapping cycle; then the starting target RO among the multiple target ROs is RO 1021 in the first mapping cycle, and the multiple target ROs 1022 include: 1st mapping cycle ⁇ 8 ROs in the 8th mapping cycle.
  • the first parameter is less than 1.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH may not be determined in combination with the value of the second indication information.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter; equal to the second preset value.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the second preset value.
  • the second preset value can be set according to the actual situation, and can be 2, 4, 8, or larger or smaller, which are not exhaustive here.
  • the values of the second preset value and the aforementioned first preset value may be the same or different, and both are within the protection scope of this embodiment.
  • the second preset value needs to be set in advance on both the terminal device and the network device.
  • the administrator may configure the second preset value on the terminal device and the network device respectively; for another example, the network device may determine the second preset value according to the protocol and then send it to the terminal through system broadcast or other information. device, so that the terminal device can obtain and save the second preset value in advance.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the minimum value of the reciprocal of the first parameter and the second preset value. It should also be noted that in some cases, the terminal device and the network device may also use the maximum value of the reciprocal of the first parameter and the second preset value as the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
  • any one of them can be specified in advance or negotiated between the terminal device and the network device. As long as the terminal device and the network device determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH in the same way, both are within the protection scope of this embodiment.
  • the terminal device and the network device may respectively determine multiple parameters for repeated transmission of the PRACH. Target transport resources.
  • the starting target transmission resource of the above multiple target transmission resources may be: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first mapping cycle The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  • the definition of the first mapping cycle and the definition of the mapping cycle are the same as those in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again.
  • the number of available transmission resources associated with the first SSB may be multiple.
  • One or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle may be determined based on the first parameter and the index number of the first SSB; specifically, when the first parameter is less than 1, based on the The first parameter determines the number of transmission resources associated with an SSB; based on the number of transmission resources associated with an SSB, determines multiple available transmission resources associated with each SSB within a mapping cycle; based on the index number of the first SSB, and a mapping Multiple available transmission resources associated with each SSB in the cycle determine one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • the arrangement of ROs within a mapping cycle is from low frequency to high frequency in the frequency domain and in time order in the time domain. That is, the ROs are arranged from low to high in the frequency domain at the earliest time domain position, and then The frequency domain at the next time domain position arranges RO from low to high, and so on, without going into details.
  • the multiple available transmission resources associated with SSB 2 are the 5th RO to the 8th RO within a mapping cycle, that is, the 4 ROs after the 4 ROs associated with SSB1.
  • the first available RO associated with SSB 2 is: The first available RO associated with SSB 2 within the first mapping cycle 1121.
  • the first available transmission resource among the one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB may be used in the first mapping cycle, As the starting target transmission resource.
  • the following two methods may be used to determine the multiple target transmission resources without using the second indication information:
  • the multiple target transmission resources include multiple transmission resources that are continuous within one or more mapping cycles.
  • multiple consecutive transmission resources within the one or more mapping cycles in addition to the aforementioned starting target transmission resource, regardless of whether the multiple transmission resources are associated with the first SSB, can be used to repeat PRACH. transmission.
  • the number of the plurality of target transmission resources is the same as the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. Therefore, after the terminal device and the network device respectively determine the initial target transmission resources, they can both determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH according to the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. Determine the number of consecutive multiple transmission resources after the initial target transmission resource. Assume that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is 8. After the initial target transmission resource is determined, the initial target transmission resource and the subsequent 7 consecutive transmission resources are used as the multiple target transmission resources.
  • SSB_per_RO 1/2
  • a mapping cycle contains 16 ROs
  • the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 4
  • the first SSB is SSB1
  • the starting target RO of multiple target ROs can be is: the first available RO associated with SSB1, which is RO 1211 in Figure 12
  • the multiple target ROs 1212 include: within the first mapping cycle, the starting target RO and the following three consecutive ROs.
  • SSB_per_RO 1/4
  • a mapping cycle contains 32 ROs
  • the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 8
  • the first SSB is SSB2
  • the starting target RO of multiple target ROs can be is: the first available RO associated with SSB2, which is RO 1221 in Figure 12
  • the multiple target ROs 1222 include: within the first mapping cycle, starting from the starting target RO and the subsequent 7 consecutive ROs.
  • the second way, the plurality of target transmission resources includes: within each mapping cycle in one or more mapping cycles, the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  • the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • the number of the multiple target transmission resources is the same as the number of repeated transmissions of the aforementioned PRACH, and when the first parameter is less than 1, there are multiple available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in one mapping cycle. Available transmission resources. Therefore, after the terminal device and the network device respectively determine the starting target transmission resource, both can determine the number of second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB after the starting target transmission resource according to the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. Assume that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is 4. After determining the starting target transmission resource, the starting target transmission resource and the second available transmission associated with the first SSB in one or more consecutive mapping cycles thereafter are resources are used as the multiple target transmission resources.
  • a mapping cycle contains 16 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 4, the first SSB is SSB1, the first SSB is SSB 1, and SSB 1 is associated
  • the second available transmission resource is the first RO to the second RO within a mapping cycle;
  • the starting target RO of multiple target ROs can be: the first available RO associated with SSB1, which is RO 1311 in Figure 13 ;
  • the multiple target RO 1312 includes: the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource in the first mapping cycle, and the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource in the second mapping cycle.
  • a mapping cycle contains 32 ROs
  • the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 8
  • the first SSB is SSB 2
  • the second available transmission resource associated with SSB 2 is The 5th RO ⁇ 8th RO in a mapping cycle
  • the starting target RO among the multiple target ROs is the 5th RO 1321 in the first mapping cycle
  • the multiple target ROs 1322 include: The fifth RO to the eighth RO in the first mapping cycle, and the fifth RO to the eighth RO in the second mapping cycle.
  • the terminal device and the network device may also determine multiple parameters for repeatedly transmitting the PRACH. Target transport resources.
  • the starting target transmission resource of the above multiple target transmission resources may be: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following: the first The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource within the first mapping cycle Specified transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • the definition of the first mapping cycle and the definition of the mapping cycle are the same as those in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again.
  • the second indication information is further combined to determine the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB, that is, the starting target transmission resource of multiple target transmission resources.
  • the second indication information may be carried by the first DCI; specifically, the second indication information is carried by the second indication information field of the first DCI.
  • the second indication information may specifically be carried by the second indication information field of the first DCI, that is, DCI format (format) 1_0.
  • the second indication information field is field 6 illustrated in Figure 7 of the aforementioned embodiment; the second indication information is specifically PRACH mask (mask) index (index number).
  • the value of the second indication information (ie, PRACH mask index) is used to determine the PRACH resource location of the non-contention-based random access process.
  • PRACH mask index The details can be shown in Table 1:
  • the transmission resource indicated by the index number is related to whether the index number is defined as 0 or 1 as the minimum value; for example, if the index number is 0, it is defined as the minimum value, then the transmission resource with index number 1 can refer to a mapping cycle. For the second transmission resource associated with an SSB, the index number 1 is defined as the minimum value.
  • the transmission resource with the index number 1 can refer to the first transmission resource associated with an SSB within a mapping cycle.
  • the PRACH mask index can be 0, which means that the network equipment only allocates preamble to the terminal device, but the PRACH occasion in the frequency domain still needs to be selected by the UE itself.
  • the above index number can also be replaced by sorting, that is, the transmission resource with index number 1 can be replaced by the transmission resource ranked first, that is, used to indicate the first transmission resource associated with a certain SSB ;
  • transmission resources with even index numbers can be replaced by transmission resources sorted in even digits.
  • a certain SSB is associated with 4 transmission resources, and the transmission resources sorted in even digits are used to indicate the second one associated with the SSB. and the 4th transmission resource.
  • the transmission resource with index number 1 in the above Table 1 can be expressed as "RO index 1" (RO index number 1).
  • the expression method for other transmission resources with index numbers 2 to 8 is similar to the above, and will not be described one by one. .
  • the transmission resources with even index numbers in the above Table 1 can be expressed as "every even RO" (all even ROs); the transmission resources with odd index numbers in the above Table 1 can be expressed as "every odd RO" (all odd ROs).
  • the values of the second indication information may also have other reserved values.
  • the values of the second indication information may also include the values 11 to 15. These values may be reserved values, which are not limited in this embodiment.
  • the value of the second indication information is used to determine a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB. Specifically, if the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, it is used to determine multiple available transmission resources in the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB. That is, the multiple available transmission resources in the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB are determined based on the value of the second indication information; the value of the second indication information is within the first value range.
  • the aforementioned first value range may be set in advance on the network device and the terminal device, and the first value range may specifically include: 0, 9, and 10.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle.
  • the processing by the network device may include: the network device sends second indication information; if the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, it is used by the terminal device to determine the transmission of the first SSB association Resource subset. That is, the network device may determine in advance which available transmission resources the terminal device uses to transmit, then determine the value of the second indication information, and then send the second indication information to the terminal device. If the network device determines that the terminal device can use all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB as a subset of transmission resources, the value of the second indication information is 0. If the network device determines that the terminal device can use available transmission resources with an even number among all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB, then the value of the second indication information is set to 9.
  • the value of the second indication information is set to 10. It can be seen that the network device may have determined the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB before sending the second indication information, and may directly add the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle. The first available transmission resource is used as the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  • the way for the terminal device to determine the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB may include: when the value of the second indication information is 0, determine that the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB is: the first All available transmission resources associated with SSB. When the value of the second indication information is 9, it can be determined that the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB is: available transmission resources with an even number among all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB. When the value of the second indication information is 10, it can be determined that the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB is: available transmission resources with an odd index number among all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, it is used to determine the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB. That is to say, the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB is determined based on the value of the second indication information; the value of the second indication information is within the second value range.
  • the aforementioned second value range may be set in advance on the network device and the terminal device, and the second value range may specifically include: 1 to 8. For example, when the value of the second indication information is 1, the terminal device and the network device may determine that the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the transmission resource with an index number of 1.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: a designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle.
  • the processing of the network device may include: the network device sends second indication information; if the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, the terminal device determines the first SSB.
  • the associated specified transport resource That is to say, the network device can know in advance all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB used by the terminal device. If it is necessary to indicate one of them as a designated transmission resource, the corresponding value can be carried in the second indication information. . It can be seen that the network device may have determined the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB before sending the second indication information, and may directly use the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle as The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle.
  • the designated transmission resource is determined based on the value of the second indication information; the designated transmission resource is used as a mapping cycle.
  • the end available transmission resource of the first SSB association is the first available transmission resource of the first SSB association within a mapping cycle as the starting available transmission resource. Further, associate the first available transmission resource with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle.
  • the processing of the network device may include: the network device sends second indication information; if the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, the terminal device determines the first SSB.
  • the associated specified transport resource That is to say, the network device can know in advance all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB used by the terminal device. If it is necessary to indicate one of them as a designated transmission resource, the corresponding value can be carried in the second indication information. .
  • the network device may have determined the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB before sending the second indication information, and may directly use the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle as The available transmission resources at the end of the first SSB association are used, and the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle is used as the first available transmission resource of the first SSB association.
  • both the terminal device and the network device can determine the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB, which is the starting target transmission resource among the multiple target transmission resources.
  • the following two methods may be used to determine the multiple target transmission resources:
  • the multiple target transmission resources include multiple transmission resources that are continuous within one or more mapping cycles.
  • multiple consecutive transmission resources within the one or more mapping cycles in addition to the aforementioned starting target transmission resource, regardless of whether the multiple transmission resources are associated with the first SSB, can be used to repeat PRACH. transmission.
  • the starting target RO of multiple target ROs can be: the second available RO associated with SSB1 in the first mapping cycle, that is, RO 1411 in Figure 14; the multiple target ROs 1412 include: within the first mapping cycle , starting from the starting target RO and the following two consecutive ROs, as well as the first RO in the second mapping cycle.
  • SSB_per_RO 1/4
  • a mapping cycle contains 32 ROs
  • the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 8
  • the first SSB is SSB2
  • the value of the second indication information is 10
  • the starting target RO of multiple target ROs can be: the first available RO 1421 associated with SSB2 in the first mapping cycle
  • the multiple target ROs 1422 include: the starting target RO in the first mapping cycle.
  • the subsequent 7 consecutive ROs are only illustrative and do not exhaust all possible situations.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources includes: within each mapping cycle in one or more mapping cycles, the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  • the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB; multiple available transmission resources in a subset of the transmission resources associated with the first SSB Transmission resources; the designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB; one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB between the starting available transmission resources and the ending available transmission resources; the starting available transmission resources and/or End available transmission resources are designated transmission resources.
  • the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB are one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB, which may refer to all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB. That is to say, although the starting target transmission resource is determined based on the second indication information, the specific second available transmission resource is not determined in combination with the second indication information. All available transmission resources associated with the first SSB after the starting target transmission resource are The transmission resources are all used as the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB, that is, the target transmission resources.
  • SSB_per_RO 1/4
  • a mapping cycle contains 32 ROs
  • the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 8
  • the first SSB is SSB 2
  • the second available transmission resource associated with SSB 2 is the 5th one in a mapping cycle RO to the 8th RO; if it is previously determined that the starting target RO among the multiple target ROs is the 7th RO in the first mapping cycle, then the multiple target ROs include: The seventh RO to the eighth RO, the fifth RO to the eighth RO in the second mapping cycle, and the fifth RO to the sixth RO in the third mapping cycle.
  • the ordering of the multiple ROs can be that the earliest ROs in the time domain are sorted from low to high in frequency, and then the later ROs in the time domain are sorted in order of frequency. Domains are ordered from lowest to highest, and so on.
  • the available ROs associated with each SSB can also be determined in order from low to high according to the index number of the SSB.
  • each SSB association can also be added.
  • the ordering of available ROs For example, the four ROs associated with SSB1 can also be sorted in order from low to high in the time domain and frequency domain.
  • the four ROs associated with SSB1 are called the first RO associated with SSB1 ⁇ the 4 ROs.
  • the first RO associated with SSB1 is the first RO within a mapping cycle; for example, the 4 ROs associated with SSB2 follow the 4 ROs associated with SSB1.
  • the 4 ROs associated with SSB2 can also be separately They are called the first RO to the fourth RO associated with SSB2.
  • the first RO associated with SSB2 is the fifth RO within a mapping cycle. Unless otherwise specified below, the description of the RO within a mapping cycle and the available RO associated with an SSB are the same as the above and will not be repeated.
  • the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB are a plurality of available transmission resources in a subset of the transmission resources associated with the first SSB. It may refer to determining the starting target transmission resource based on the second indication information, determining the specific second available transmission resource in combination with the second indication information, and collecting a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB after the starting target transmission resource. Multiple available transmission resources are used as target transmission resources.
  • SSB_per_RO 1/4
  • a mapping cycle contains 32 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 8, and the first SSB is SSB 2; if the value of the second indication information is 9, that is, the third SSB associated with SSB 2
  • the second available transmission resource is the 6th RO and the 8th RO within a mapping cycle, and the starting target RO among the multiple target ROs can be determined to be the 6th RO within the first mapping cycle; the plurality of target ROs can be determined to be the 6th RO within the first mapping cycle;
  • the target ROs include: the 6th RO and the 8th RO in the first mapping cycle, the 6th RO and the 8th RO in the second mapping cycle, and the 6th RO in the third mapping cycle. RO and 8th RO, and 6th RO and 8th RO in the fourth mapping cycle.
  • the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB. It may mean that the starting target transmission resource is determined based on the second indication information, and the specific second available transmission resource is determined in combination with the second indication information, and the designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB are all used as target transmission resources.
  • SSB_per_RO 1/4
  • a mapping cycle contains 32 ROs
  • the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 4
  • the first SSB is SSB 1
  • the value of the second indication information is 3, that is, the first SSB associated with SSB 1
  • the second available transmission resource is the third RO within a mapping cycle, and the starting target RO among the multiple target ROs can be determined to be the third RO within the first mapping cycle;
  • the multiple target ROs include: That 3rd RO in the first mapping loop, the 3rd RO in the second mapping loop, the 3rd RO in the third mapping loop, and the 3rd RO in the fourth mapping loop.
  • the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource; the starting available transmission resource and/or End available transmission resources are designated transmission resources. This method is applicable when the value of the second indication information is within the second value range.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle. That is, when the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, the designated transmission resource is determined based on the value of the second indication information; the designated transmission resource is used as the designated transmission resource within a mapping cycle.
  • the end available transmission resource of the first SSB association is the first available transmission resource of the first SSB association within a mapping cycle as the starting available transmission resource.
  • one of the first SSB association between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource of the first SSB association can be or multiple available transmission resources, as the second available transmission resources associated with the aforementioned first SSB.
  • SSB_per_RO 1/4
  • a mapping cycle contains 32 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 4, the first SSB is SSB 1; if the value of the second indication information is 2, the end of SSB 1 association is available
  • the RO is determined to be the second RO within a mapping cycle, and the first RO associated with SSB1 is used as the starting available RO.
  • the multiple target ROs include: the first RO and the second RO in the first mapping cycle, and the first RO and the second RO in the second mapping cycle.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle. That is, when the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, the designated transmission resource is determined based on the value of the second indication information; the designated transmission resource is used as the designated transmission resource within a mapping cycle.
  • the starting available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the last available transmission resource associated with the first SSB as the ending available transmission resource.
  • the first SSB association between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource of the first SSB association may be The available transmission resources are used as the second available transmission resources associated with the aforementioned first SSB.
  • SSB_per_RO 1/4
  • a mapping cycle contains 32 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 4, the first SSB is SSB 1; if the value of the second indication information is 3, the start of the association of SSB 1
  • the available RO is determined as the third RO within a mapping cycle, and the fourth RO associated with SSB1 is regarded as the end available RO.
  • the multiple target ROs include: the third RO and the fourth RO in the first mapping cycle, and the third RO and the fourth RO in the second mapping cycle.
  • the terminal device and the network device may also determine whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH in combination with the first parameter.
  • the terminal device determines to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, including: the terminal device determines to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH when the value of the first indication information is the first specified value. value and the first parameter is less than 1, it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the processing of the network device may be: when the value of the first indication information is the first specified value and the first parameter is less than 1, determine that the terminal device performs repeated transmission of the PRACH. That is to say, both the terminal device and the network device can determine that the terminal device does not perform PRACH when the value of the first indication information is the second specified value and/or the first parameter is not less than 1. Repeat the transfer.
  • the processing that can be performed on the terminal device side is: the terminal device receives the first indication information and determines whether the value of the first indication information is the first specified value; if the first indication information If the value of the first indication information is the second specified value, it is determined not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; if the value of the first indication information is the first specified value, it is determined whether the first parameter is less than 1; if it is determined that the first parameter is less than 1 , then it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH, otherwise, it is determined not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the processing that can be performed on the network device side is: when the network device determines that the terminal device can perform repeated transmission of PRACH, the value of the first indication information is set to the first specified value, and the first indication is The information is sent to the terminal device; otherwise, the network device sets the value of the first indication information to the second specified value and sends the first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the network device sends the first indication information and the value of the first indication information is the first specified value it is determined whether the first parameter is less than 1; if it is determined that the first parameter is less than 1, it is determined that the terminal device executes Repeated transmission of PRACH; otherwise, determine that the terminal device does not perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the terminal device and the network device can be pre-configured.
  • the terminal device and the network device can be pre-configured to determine whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based only on the first indication information. Transmission; for another example, the terminal equipment and the network equipment can be pre-configured, and based on the value of the first indication information and the first parameter, they jointly determine whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH. It should be understood that if the terminal device and the network device are pre-configured to determine whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH based only on the first indication information, the terminal device and the network device can adopt all the above possible implementations for processing.
  • the terminal device and the network device are pre-configured to jointly determine whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the value of the first indication information and the first parameter, the terminal device and the network device can only use the first parameter less than 1 in the aforementioned embodiment. Possible implementations for related processing.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is determined in combination with the value of the second indication information.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH, when the first parameter is less than 1, is equal to the number of first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in one mapping cycle.
  • the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: multiple available transmission resources in a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB; one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB ; Multiple available transmission resources between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; the starting available transmission resource and/or the ending available transmission resource are the starting available transmission resources associated with the first SSB Specify transport resources.
  • the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB is determined based on the value of the second indication information; the first value is within a first value range.
  • the determination method is the same as the previous embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • the method for the terminal device to determine the starting available transmission resources and the ending available transmission resources may include: when the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, based on the first The value of the second indication information determines the designated transmission resource; the designated transmission resource is used as the end available transmission resource of the first SSB association in a mapping cycle, and the first available transmission resource of the first SSB association in a mapping cycle is The transmission resource is used as the starting available transmission resource.
  • the processing of the network device may include: determining the starting available transmission resources and the ending available transmission resources associated with the first SSB of the terminal device within a mapping cycle; and setting the second indication information within the second value range. The value of is set to end available transmission resources, and the second indication information is sent.
  • the method for the terminal device to determine the starting available transmission resources and the ending available transmission resources may include: when the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, based on the first 2.
  • the value of the indication information determines the designated transmission resource; the designated transmission resource is used as the starting available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in a mapping cycle, and the last available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in a mapping cycle is Transport resources serve as end available transport resources.
  • the processing of the network device may include: determining the starting available transmission resources and the ending available transmission resources associated with the first SSB of the terminal device within a mapping cycle; and setting the second indication information within the second value range. The value of is set as the starting available transmission resource, and the second indication information is sent.
  • the second indication information that is, the content of the PRACH mask index
  • the second indication information is designed as a bitmap
  • the bitmap is used to indicate the designated transmission resource.
  • each bit in the bitmap may correspond to a transmission resource, and the value of each bit is used to indicate whether the transmission resource at the corresponding position is a designated transmission resource.
  • the value of a bit is the first value
  • it is used to indicate that the transmission resource at the corresponding location is the designated transmission resource
  • the value of a bit RO is the second value
  • the transport resource for the location is not a designated transport resource.
  • the first value is different from the second value.
  • the first value is 0 and the second value is 1, or the first value is 1 and the second value is 0, or it can also be set to other values. , we will not exhaustively list them here, as long as both the terminal device and the network device adopt the same value meaning.
  • the bitmap can only contain one designated transmission resource.
  • the terminal device and the network device can default the designated transmission resource as the starting available transmission resource or the ending available transmission resource, as long as the network device and the terminal device Using the same analysis method is within the protection scope of this embodiment. Specifically, if based on the second indication information, it is determined that the designated transmission resource is the ending available transmission resource of the first SSB association, then the first available transmission resource of the first SSB association within a mapping cycle is used as the starting transmission resource. Transmission resources are now available. If it is determined based on the second indication information that the specified transmission resource is the starting available transmission resource associated with the first SSB, then the last available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle is used as the ending available transmission resource. .
  • the bitmap can contain two designated transmission resources.
  • the terminal device and the network device can default to the designated transmission resource located at the front sequence position as the initial available transmission resource, and the designated transmission resource located at the back sequence position.
  • the specified transmission resource is the end available transmission resource, and it is within the protection scope of this embodiment as long as the network device and the terminal device adopt the same resolution method. Specifically, if two designated transmission resources are determined based on the second indication information, the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource may be determined based on the two designated transmission resources.
  • the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB can be determined, and then the number of the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle can be directly used as the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
  • the terminal device and the network device may also determine multiple target transmissions for repeated transmission of PRACH. resource.
  • the starting target transmission resource of the plurality of target transmission resources may be: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following: The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in one mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; within the first mapping cycle The designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is determined in combination with the second indication information, that is, the starting target transmission resource of multiple target transmission resources.
  • the definition of the first mapping cycle, the definition of the mapping cycle, the description of the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB, and the description of the second indication information are the same as in the previous embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • the value of the second indication information is within the first value range or the second value range, the method of determining the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is also the same as the previous embodiment, and no further Repeat.
  • the second indication information may be redefined indication information for carrying a bitmap; the content and meaning of the bitmap are the same as those in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the second indication information carries a bitmap
  • a method of determining the starting target transmission resource of the plurality of target transmission resources is used.
  • the bitmap may only contain one designated transmission resource, or may contain two designated transmission resources. Based on the one designated transmission resource or the two designated transmission resources, the starting available transmission resource within a mapping cycle is determined. The method of ending the available transmission resources is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be described again.
  • the starting available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle may be used as the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB can be used as the starting target transmission resource of multiple target transmission resources.
  • the multiple target transmission resources include multiple consecutive target transmission resources within one or more mapping cycles. transmission resources.
  • multiple consecutive transmission resources within the one or more mapping cycles in addition to the aforementioned starting target transmission resources, can be used regardless of whether the multiple transmission resources are associated with the first SSB used by the terminal device.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources include: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle. The description of the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be described again. This method can directly use all the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in a mapping cycle after the initial target transmission resources determined in the previous embodiment as the multiple target transmission resources.
  • the terminal device and the network device may determine whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH in combination with the first parameter and the second indication information.
  • the terminal device determines to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, including: the terminal device determines to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH when the value of the first indication information is the first specified value. If the value, the first parameter is less than 1, and the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, it is determined to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH.
  • the processing of the network device may be: when the value of the first indication information is the first specified value, the first parameter is less than 1, and the value of the second indication information is within the first value range. Next, determine that the terminal equipment performs repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • both the terminal device and the network device can satisfy the requirements that the value of the first indication information is the second specified value, the first parameter is not less than 1, and the value of the second indication information is within the second specified value. In the case of any one of the ranges, it is determined that the terminal equipment does not perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • Whether the terminal device and the network device combine the values of the first parameter and the second indication information to determine whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH may be preconfigured.
  • the terminal equipment and the network equipment can be pre-configured, and whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH is determined based only on the first indication information; for another example, the terminal equipment and the network equipment can be pre-configured, based on the value of the first indication information and the first parameter. , jointly determine whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the terminal device and the network device may be pre-configured to jointly determine whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH based on the value of the first indication information, the first parameter, and the value of the second indication information.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH only needs to be determined when the value of the second indication information is within the first value range.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH, when the first parameter is less than 1, is equal to the number of first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in one mapping cycle.
  • the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include: multiple available transmission resources in a subset of the transmission resources associated with the first SSB. Wherein, the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB is determined based on the value of the second indication information; the first value is within a first value range.
  • the determination method is the same as the previous embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB can be determined, and then the number of the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle can be directly used as the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
  • the terminal device and the network device may respectively determine multiple target transmission resources for repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the starting target transmission resource of the plurality of target transmission resources may be: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first mapping The first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the cycle.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is determined based on the second indication information, that is, the starting point of the multiple target transmission resources.
  • the original target transmission resource The specific determination method is the same as the previous embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • the following two methods can be used to determine the multiple target transmission resources: the first method, the multiple target transmission resources include multiple consecutive target transmission resources within one or more mapping cycles. transmission resources. The details are the same as those in the previous embodiments, and repeated descriptions will not be made.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources include: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle. The description of the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be described again. This method can directly use all the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in a mapping cycle after the initial target transmission resources determined in the previous embodiment as the multiple target transmission resources.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH may be indicated by the network device.
  • the processing that the network device can perform includes: the network device sends third indication information, the third indication information carries a first value, and the first value is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
  • the processing that the terminal device can perform may include: the terminal device receives third indication information, the third indication information carries a first value, and the first value is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
  • the first numerical value may be a positive integer.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the first value; equal to the product of the first value and the second value.
  • the second numerical value may be a positive integer. It should be noted that whether the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the first value or the product of the first value and the second value can be pre-configured or pre-negotiated for the network device and the terminal device, as long as both parties use the same The method can be used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH.
  • the second value may be preset, configured for the network device, or related to the first parameter; wherein the first parameter is used to represent the number of synchronization signal blocks SSB associated with one transmission resource.
  • the second value is preset, which may mean that the terminal device and the network device respectively preset the second value.
  • the second value is configured by the network device, and the network device may send the second value to the terminal device.
  • the second value may be carried by a system message or may be carried by other information, which is not limited here.
  • the second numerical value is related to the first parameter, it is one of the following: when the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter; when the first parameter is not less than In the case of 1, it is equal to 1; in the case of the first parameter is not less than 1, it is equal to the first parameter; in the case of the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the first SSB associated in a mapping cycle The second amount of available transmission resources.
  • the second numerical value is equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter when the first parameter is less than 1, and is equal to 1 when the first parameter is not less than 1. In the above two cases, it can be It is understood as the number of available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle.
  • the description of the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be repeated.
  • the third indication information is carried by one of the following: DCI or RRC signaling.
  • the third indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  • the description of the first DCI will not be repeated here.
  • the third indication information can use the first DCI, that is, field 6 in DCI format 1_0, that is, redefine the original PRACH mask index in Field 6, and directly carry the aforementioned first value in the PRACH mask index, so that Its value is used to indicate the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH.
  • the third indication information is carried by the first DCI, but a specified number of bits among the remaining reserved bits of the first DCI are used as the third indication information.
  • field 6 in DCI format 1_0 keeps the PRACH mask index specified in the original protocol unchanged.
  • the third indication information is carried by a second DCI. The definition of the second DCI is the same as that in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again. At this time, if the second DCI is used to carry the first indication information, it is further limited that the third indication information and the first indication information occupy different bits.
  • the third indication information is signaled by RRC. At this time, if the RRC signaling is used to carry the first indication information, it is further limited that the third indication information and the first indication information occupy different bits.
  • the foregoing examples provide a variety of possible carrying methods that can be used for the third indication information.
  • the different carrying methods of the foregoing third indication information can be divided into two situations.
  • the first case is the first DCI, that is, Field in DCI format 1_0.
  • the original PRACH mask index of 6 is redefined.
  • the second case is the case where the original PRACH mask index of Field 6 in the first DCI, DCI format 1_0, is not redefined.
  • the following is a description of the methods of determining multiple target transmission resources based on the above two different situations:
  • the original PRACH mask index is redefined.
  • the starting target transmission resource of multiple target transmission resources may be: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: within the first mapping cycle The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the only available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle. If the first parameter is less than 1, then the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources may include: a plurality of consecutive transmission resources within one or more mapping cycles. Multiple consecutive transmission resources within the one or more mapping cycles, in addition to the aforementioned starting target transmission resource, can be used for repeated transmission of PRACH regardless of whether the multiple transmission resources are associated with the first SSB. In this case, no matter whether the number of repeated transmissions of the aforementioned PRACH is equal to the first value, or it can also be equal to the product of the first value and the second value, and no matter what the specific value of the second value is, the terminal device can be considered to be in a Or within each mapping cycle of multiple mapping cycles, repeated transmission is performed on multiple consecutive transmission resources starting from the initial target transmission resource.
  • the multiple target transmission resources are similar to the aforementioned Figure 9 and its related description; when the first parameter is less than 1, the multiple target transmission resources It is also similar to the aforementioned Figure 12 and its related description, so the description will not be repeated here.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources include: second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within each mapping cycle in one or more mapping cycles.
  • the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • a mapping cycle contains 4 ROs
  • the first value is 4, that is, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 4
  • the index number of the first SSB is 5, which is SSB 5.
  • the second available transmission resource associated with SSB 5 can be the third RO within a mapping cycle; then the starting target RO among the multiple target ROs is the third RO within the first mapping cycle 1011, and the multiple targets RO 1012, including: starting from the starting target RO in the first mapping cycle (including the starting target RO), the 3rd RO in the 2nd mapping cycle, the 3rd RO in the 3rd mapping cycle And the 3rd RO in the 4th mapping loop. I won’t be exhaustive here.
  • the first parameter is less than 1 and the PRACH mask index is redefined, regardless of the number of repeated transmissions of the aforementioned PRACH, it is equal to the first value, or it can also be equal to the product of the first value and the second value, and regardless of whether the second value is specifically Either value can be considered to be repeated transmission on all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in each mapping cycle of one or more mapping cycles.
  • a mapping cycle contains 16 ROs
  • the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH can be equal to the first value, assuming that the first value is equal to 4, then the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is 4;
  • the first SSB is SSB1
  • the first SSB is SSB 1
  • the second available transmission resource associated with SSB 1 is the first RO to the second RO within a mapping cycle;
  • the starting target RO of multiple target ROs It can be: the first available RO associated with SSB1, that is, RO 1311 in Figure 13;
  • the multiple target ROs 1312 include: the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource in the first mapping cycle, the second The first transmission resource and the second transmission resource in a mapping cycle. This is not an exhaustive list of all possible situations.
  • the original PRACH mask index is not reset.
  • the starting target transmission resource of multiple target transmission resources may be: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following: the first The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource within the first mapping cycle The designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB can be the same as the previous embodiment, which is: the first available transmission resource in the first mapping cycle The only available transmission resource associated with SSB. If the first parameter is less than 1, PRACH mask index can be used at this time, and the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle. An available transmission resource; the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle.
  • the method for determining the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB based on the second indication information provided in the previous embodiment is the same, and will not be performed. Repeat the description; after determining the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB, the first available transmission resource in the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle can be directly used as a multiplex The starting target transport resource for each target transport resource.
  • the method for determining the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in combination with the PRACH mask index is the same, and the description will not be repeated.
  • the specified transmission resource can be directly used as the starting target transmission resource of multiple target transmission resources.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources may include: a plurality of consecutive transmission resources within one or more mapping cycles. Multiple consecutive transmission resources within the one or more mapping cycles, in addition to the aforementioned starting target transmission resource, can be used for repeated transmission of PRACH regardless of whether the multiple transmission resources are associated with the first SSB.
  • the details are the same as the previous embodiments and will not be described again.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources include: second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within each mapping cycle in one or more mapping cycles.
  • the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB; multiple available transmission resources in a subset of the transmission resources associated with the first SSB Transmission resources; the designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB; one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB between the starting available transmission resources and the ending available transmission resources; the starting available transmission resources and/or End available transmission resources are designated transmission resources.
  • the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: multiple available transmission resources in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB ; The specified transmission resource associated with the first SSB; one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource; the starting available transmission resource and/or ending available transmission resource
  • the transmission resource is the specified transmission resource.
  • the method of determining the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the same as the first parameter is less than 1 and is combined with the value of the second indication information in the aforementioned embodiment to determine the second available transmission resource.
  • the two methods of available transmission resources are basically the same and will not be repeatedly explained.
  • the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is still One or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB may be included. The specific determination method has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiments and will not be repeated here.
  • the network device may implicitly instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH through the first indication information.
  • the length of the first indication information may be multiple bits, and the specific number of bits may be set according to the actual situation, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the way for the network device side to instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH may be to instruct the terminal device to perform repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is not the third designated value; and /Or, when the value of the first indication information is a third specified value, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the method for the terminal device to determine whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the first indication information may specifically include: the terminal device determines whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH when the value of the first indication information is not a third specified value. , determine to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; and/or, the terminal equipment determines not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a third designated value.
  • the third specified value can be set according to the actual situation. For example, it may include 0 in some cases, and it may include 0 and 1 in some cases.
  • the value of the first indication information is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. That is, according to the first indication information of the implicit indication, it can be determined whether the terminal equipment performs repeated transmission of PRACH; when it can be determined according to the first indication information of the implicit indication that the repeated transmission of PRACH is performed, the network device can directly set The value of the first indication information is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. Correspondingly, when the terminal device determines to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH based on the first indication information, the terminal device directly determines the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH based on the value of the first indication information.
  • this embodiment uses some values that are not used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH as the third indication value.
  • Both the network device and the terminal device can determine the specific value of the third indication value in advance; then the terminal device When it is determined that the value of the first indication information is not the foregoing third indication value, that is, the value of the first indication information can be used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the value of the first indication information; equal to the product of the value of the first indication information and the second value.
  • the second numerical value may be a positive integer.
  • the second value may be preset, or configured for the network device, or related to the first parameter; wherein the first parameter is used to represent the number of synchronization signal blocks SSB associated with one transmission resource.
  • the specific description of the second numerical value is the same as that of the previous embodiment, and therefore will not be described again.
  • Whether the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the value of the first indication information or equal to the product of the value of the first indication information and the second value can be pre-configured or pre-negotiated by the network device and the terminal device, as long as Both parties can use the same method to determine the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH.
  • the aforementioned third specified value includes 0 and 1, or only 0, may be related to the way in which the network equipment and the terminal equipment are pre-configured or pre-negotiated to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. If the network equipment and the terminal equipment are pre-configured or negotiated in advance, and both parties determine that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to the value of the first indication information, then in this case, only when the value of the first indication information is greater than 1 time, it can be guaranteed that the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is greater than 1, so the aforementioned third specified value can be set to include 0 and 1.
  • the aforementioned third specified value can be Including 0 and 1, or only 0, related to the second value pre-configured by both parties. For example, in this case where the second value is preset or configured for the network device, if the second value is equal to 1, repeated transmission of the PRACH can only be guaranteed when the value of the first indication information is greater than 1.
  • the number of times is greater than 1, so the aforementioned third specified value can be set to include 0 and 1; if the second value is greater than 1, as long as the value of the first indication information is not 0, it can be guaranteed that the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is greater than 1, and it can be set
  • the third specified value may include 0.
  • the second numerical value is related to the first parameter. It is assumed that when the first parameter is less than 1, the second numerical value is equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter. In this case, as long as the value of the first indication information If it is not 0, it can be ensured that the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is greater than 1, and the third specified value can be set to include 0. Assume that when the first parameter is not less than 1, the second value is equal to 1. At this time, only when the value of the first indication information is greater than 1, can it be guaranteed that the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is greater than 1, so it can Set the aforementioned third specified value to include 0 and 1.
  • the second value is equal to the first parameter, or if the first parameter is less than 1, the second value is equal to the first SSB associated within a mapping cycle.
  • the number of second available transmission resources In the above two cases, there is no guarantee that the second number is greater than 1. Therefore, it is necessary to ensure that the value of the first indication information is greater than 1 to ensure that the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is greater than 1.
  • the value of the first indication information is directly used to indicate the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH, even if the first DCI is used to transmit the first indication information, the original PRACH mask index in the first DCI can remain the original Definitions in the Agreement.
  • the starting target transmission resource of multiple target transmission resources may be: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following: the first The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource within the first mapping cycle The designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB may be the same as the previous embodiment, which is: the only available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle. Transport resources. No repeated explanation will be given here.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the transmission resource sub-section associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle The first available transmission resource in the set; the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle.
  • the method for determining the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB based on the second indication information provided in the previous embodiment is the same. The description will not be repeated; but after determining the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB, the first available transmission resource in the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle can be Directly serves as the starting target transmission resource for multiple target transmission resources.
  • the method for determining the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB based on the second indication information provided in the previous embodiment is the same, and the description will not be repeated.
  • the specified transmission resource can be directly used as the starting target transmission resource of multiple target transmission resources.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle available transmission resources.
  • the specific processing method is the same as the aforementioned description of determining the first available transmission resource when the first parameter is less than 1 and is not combined with the value of the second indication information, and will not be described again.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources may include: a plurality of consecutive transmission resources within one or more mapping cycles. Multiple consecutive transmission resources within the one or more mapping cycles, in addition to the aforementioned starting target transmission resource, can be used for repeated transmission of PRACH regardless of whether the multiple transmission resources are associated with the first SSB.
  • the details are the same as the previous embodiments and will not be described again.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources include: second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within each mapping cycle in one or more mapping cycles.
  • the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB; multiple available transmission resources in a subset of the transmission resources associated with the first SSB Transmission resources; the designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB; one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB between the starting available transmission resources and the ending available transmission resources; the starting available transmission resources and/or End available transmission resources are designated transmission resources.
  • the method of determining the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the same as the processing method in the previous embodiment in which the first parameter is less than 1 and is combined with the second indication information.
  • the first parameter is less than 1 and is not combined with the second indication information.
  • the processing method of the indication information and the specific description of the processing method if the first parameter is not less than 1 are all the same, so repeated descriptions will not be made.
  • the network device may use the first indication information to implicitly indicate whether the terminal device performs repeated transmission of PRACH, and may use the value of the first indication information to indicate the end of the target transmission resource.
  • the value of the first indication information may be the index number of the end target transmission resource.
  • the value of the first indication information may at least be different from 0.
  • the aforementioned third specified value can be configured as 0.
  • the value range of the first indication information can be configured according to the actual situation.
  • the network device can know in advance the first SSB used by the terminal device, and can also know the available transmission resources associated with the first SSB. If the network device does not expect the terminal device to use the transmission resources of other SSBs of other devices, Then the value range of the first indication information can be controlled to be less than or equal to the maximum index number of the available transmission resources that the first SSB can be associated with in a mapping cycle, and greater than the minimum index of the available transmission resources that the first SSB can be associated with. Number.
  • the first indication can be 1 (may not include 1) to 4 (including 4).
  • the network device can know in advance the total number of transmission resources included in a mapping cycle. If the network device does not expect the terminal device to use multiple mapping cycles for repeated transmission of PRACH, the network device can control the first indication information.
  • the value range is less than or equal to the maximum index number in a mapping cycle and greater than the minimum index number of available transmission resources that the first SSB can be associated with. Assuming that the first parameter is 1/4 and there are 8 SSBs in the system, a mapping cycle can include 32 ROs; assuming that the first SSB is SSB 2, the minimum index number of available transmission resources that can be associated with it is 5. It is determined that the value range of the first indication information includes 5 (excluding 5) and 32.
  • the network device can know in advance the total number of transmission resources included in a mapping cycle. If the network device allows the terminal device to use multiple mapping cycles for repeated transmission of PRACH, the network device can configure the acquisition of the first indication information.
  • the value range is greater than the smallest index number of available transmission resources that the first SSB can be associated with in the first mapping cycle. Assuming that the first parameter is 2 and there are 8 SSBs in the system, a mapping cycle can include 4 ROs; assuming that the first SSB is SSB 3, the minimum index number of the available transmission resources that can be associated with it is 2. This can be determined
  • the value range of the first indication information is greater than 2. Assume that the value of the first indication information at this time is 6, then the end target RO is the second RO in the second mapping cycle.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources may include: a plurality of consecutive transmission resources between the starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource. In this case, regardless of whether the starting target transmission resource to the end target transmission resource is the transmission resource associated with the first SSB used by the terminal device, it can be used as the multiple target transmission resources for the terminal device to perform Repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources include: multiple available transmission resources of the first SSB association between the starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
  • the transmission resource indicated by the value of the first indication information is not an available transmission resource associated with the first SSB
  • the last available transmission resource associated with the first SSB before the end target transmission resource can be used as End the target transfer resource.
  • the transmission resources indicated in the first indication information are the available transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • only the available transmission resources associated with the first SSB can be used as the multiple target transmission resources for the terminal device to repeat PRACH. transmission.
  • the starting target transmission resource of the plurality of target transmission resources is the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following : the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first mapping The specified transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the loop.
  • the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB may be determined based on the value of the second indication information when the first parameter is less than 1, and the value of the second indication information is within the first value. within the range.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle.
  • the description of the second indication information and the description of the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB are the same as the previous embodiments and will not be described again.
  • the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB may be determined based on the value of the second indication information when the first parameter is less than 1, and the value of the second indication information is within the second value range.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle.
  • the description of the second indication information and the description of the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB are the same as the previous embodiments and will not be described again.
  • the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; in this case , since the first parameter is not less than 1, a mapping cycle may only include the only available transmission resource associated with the first SSB, and the only available transmission resource is the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  • the value of the second indication information can be redefined so that the value of the second indication information is only used to indicate the index number of a specified transmission resource.
  • the terminal device can directly determine the index number of a designated transmission resource based on the value of the second indication information, and use the designated transmission resource as the starting target transmission resource.
  • the terminal device can be instructed whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the terminal device can be added with the function of enabling repeated transmission of PRACH, and then perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on instructions from the network device when necessary.
  • the terminal equipment can support repeated transmission of PRACH, thereby ensuring that the coverage of PRACH is enhanced when PRACH is repeatedly transmitted.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal equipment may include:
  • the first communication unit 1501 is configured to receive first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
  • the terminal equipment further includes: a first processing unit 1502, configured to perform repeated transmission of PRACH on multiple target transmission resources when it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the first indication information; wherein, the Each of the multiple target transmission resources is used for one PRACH transmission.
  • a first processing unit 1502 configured to perform repeated transmission of PRACH on multiple target transmission resources when it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the first indication information; wherein, the Each of the multiple target transmission resources is used for one PRACH transmission.
  • the first processing unit 1502 is configured to determine to perform repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value; and/or, when the value of the first indication information is If it is the second specified value, it is determined not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is related to a first parameter, where the first parameter is used to represent the number of SSBs associated with one transmission resource.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the first parameter; equal to the first preset value.
  • the first processing unit 1502 is configured to determine to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value and the first parameter is less than 1.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter; equal to the second preset value.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the minimum value of the reciprocal of the first parameter and the second preset value.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the number of first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in one mapping cycle.
  • the first processing unit is configured to: when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, the first parameter is less than 1, and the value of the second indication information is within the first value range , determine to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include: multiple available transmission resources in a subset of the transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB; the starting available transmission resources to the ending available transmission resources associated with the first SSB multiple available transmission resources; wherein, the starting available transmission resource and/or the ending available transmission resource are designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • the first communication unit 1501 is configured to receive third indication information, where the third indication information carries a first numerical value, and the first numerical value is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the first value; equal to the product of the first value and the second value.
  • the first processing unit 1502 is used to determine to perform repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is not a third specified value; and/or, when the value of the first indication information is not the third specified value, If it is the third specified value, it is determined not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the value of the first indication information is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the value of the first indication information; equal to the product of the value of the first indication information and the second value.
  • the second value is preset, or configured for the network device, or is related to the first parameter; wherein the first parameter is used to represent the number of synchronization signal blocks SSB associated with one transmission resource.
  • the second numerical value is related to the first parameter, it is one of the following: when the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter; when the first parameter is not less than In the case of 1, it is equal to 1; in the case of the first parameter is not less than 1, it is equal to the first parameter; in the case of the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the first SSB associated in a mapping cycle The second amount of available transmission resources.
  • the multiple target transmission resources include: multiple consecutive transmission resources within one or more mapping cycles.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources include: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources include: second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in each mapping cycle of one or more mapping cycles.
  • the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB; multiple available transmission resources in a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB ; The specified transmission resource associated with the first SSB; one or more available transmission resources between the starting available transmission resource and the end available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein, the starting available transmission resource and/or End available transmission resources, which are designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • the value of the first indication information is the index number of the end target transmission resource.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources include: a plurality of consecutive transmission resources between the starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources include: a plurality of available transmission resources associated with the first SSB between the starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
  • the starting target transmission resource among the plurality of target transmission resources is the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following: first The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource within the first mapping cycle Specified transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, it is used to determine a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, it is used to determine the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  • the mapping cycle includes: transmission resources mapped by multiple SSBs; the multiple SSBs include the first SSB.
  • the first SSB is the SSB used by the terminal device, and the first SSB is determined based on fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  • the transmission resource is a PRACH opportunity.
  • the second indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  • the third indication information is carried by one of the following: downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
  • the third indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  • the first indication information is carried by one of the following: downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
  • the first indication information is carried in the first DCI.
  • the format of the first DCI is DCI format 1_0.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application can implement the corresponding functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • each module (sub-module, unit or component, etc.) in the terminal device please refer to the corresponding description in the above method embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • the functions described for each module (sub-module, unit or component, etc.) in the terminal device of the application embodiment can be implemented by different modules (sub-module, unit or component, etc.), or can be implemented by the same module. (Submodule, unit or component, etc.) implementation.
  • FIG 16 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • This network equipment can include:
  • the second communication unit 1601 is configured to send first indication information; the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
  • the network device further includes: a second processing unit 1602, configured to receive the repeatedly transmitted PRACH on multiple target transmission resources when the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; Wherein, each target transmission resource among the plurality of target transmission resources is used for one PRACH transmission.
  • the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; and/or, the value of the first indication information is a second specified value. In this case, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is related to a first parameter, where the first parameter is used to represent the number of SSBs associated with one transmission resource.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the first parameter; equal to the first preset value.
  • the second processing unit 1602 is configured to determine that the terminal equipment performs repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value and the first parameter is less than 1.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter; equal to the second preset value.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the minimum value of the reciprocal of the first parameter and the second preset value.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the number of first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in one mapping cycle.
  • the second processing unit is configured to: when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, the first parameter is less than 1, and the value of the second indication information is within the first value range , determining that the terminal equipment performs repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include: multiple available transmission resources in a subset of the transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB; the starting available transmission resources to the ending available transmission resources associated with the first SSB multiple available transmission resources; wherein, the starting available transmission resource and/or the ending available transmission resource are designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • the second communication unit is configured to send third indication information, where the third indication information carries a first value, and the first value is used by the terminal device to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the first value; equal to the product of the first value and the second value.
  • the value of the first indication information is not the third specified value, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; and/or, when the value of the first indication information is the third specified value In the case of a value, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  • the value of the first indication information is used by the terminal equipment to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the value of the first indication information; equal to the product of the value of the first indication information and the second value.
  • the second value is preset, or is configured by the network device for the terminal device, or is related to the first parameter; wherein the first parameter is used to represent the number of synchronization signal blocks SSB associated with a transmission resource.
  • the second numerical value is related to the first parameter, it is one of the following: when the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter; when the first parameter is not less than In the case of 1, it is equal to 1; in the case of the first parameter is not less than 1, it is equal to the first parameter; in the case of the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the first SSB associated in a mapping cycle The second amount of available transmission resources.
  • the multiple target transmission resources include: multiple consecutive transmission resources within one or more mapping cycles.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources include: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources include: second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in each mapping cycle of one or more mapping cycles.
  • the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB; multiple available transmission resources in a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB ; The specified transmission resource associated with the first SSB; one or more available transmission resources between the starting available transmission resource and the end available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein, the starting available transmission resource and/or End available transmission resources, which are designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • the value of the first indication information is the index number of the end target transmission resource.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources include: a plurality of consecutive transmission resources between the starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
  • the plurality of target transmission resources include: a plurality of available transmission resources associated with the first SSB between the starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
  • the starting target transmission resource among the plurality of target transmission resources is the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following: first The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource within the first mapping cycle Specified transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  • the second communication unit is configured to send second indication information; when the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, it is used by the terminal device to determine the transmission of the first SSB association. Resource subset.
  • the second communication unit is configured to send second indication information; when the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, the terminal device is used to determine the designation of the first SSB association. Transport resources.
  • the mapping cycle includes: transmission resources mapped by multiple SSBs; the multiple SSBs include the first SSB.
  • the second communication unit is configured to send fourth indication information, the fourth indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the first SSB, and the first SSB is the SSB used by the terminal device;
  • the fourth indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  • the transmission resource is a PRACH opportunity.
  • the second indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  • the third indication information is carried by one of the following: downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
  • the third indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  • the first indication information is carried by one of the following: downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
  • the first indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  • the format of the first DCI is DCI format 1_0.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application can implement the corresponding functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • each module (sub-module, unit or component, etc.) in the network device please refer to the corresponding description in the above method embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • the functions described for each module (sub-module, unit or component, etc.) in the network device of the application embodiment can be implemented by different modules (sub-module, unit or component, etc.), or can be implemented by the same module. (Submodule, unit or component, etc.) implementation.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1700 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1700 includes a processor 1710, and the processor 1710 can call and run a computer program from the memory, so that the communication device 1700 implements the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • communication device 1700 may also include memory 1720.
  • the processor 1710 can call and run the computer program from the memory 1720, so that the communication device 1700 implements the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 1720 may be a separate device independent of the processor 1710 , or may be integrated into the processor 1710 .
  • the communication device 1700 may further include a transceiver 1730, and the processor 1710 may control the transceiver 1730 to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication device 1700 may send information or data to other devices, or receive information sent by other devices. information or data.
  • the transceiver 1730 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transceiver 1730 may further include an antenna, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
  • the communication device 1700 can be a terminal device in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1700 can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, this is not mentioned here.
  • the communication device 1700 may be a network device according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1700 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, the communication device 1700 will not be mentioned here. Again.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip 1800 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 1800 includes a processor 1810, and the processor 1810 can call and run a computer program from the memory to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • chip 1800 may also include memory 1820.
  • the processor 1810 can call and run the computer program from the memory 1820 to implement the method executed by the terminal device or network device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 1820 may be a separate device independent of the processor 1810 , or may be integrated into the processor 1810 .
  • the chip 1800 may also include an input interface 1830.
  • the processor 1810 can control the input interface 1830 to communicate with other devices or chips. Specifically, it can obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips.
  • the chip 1800 may also include an output interface 1840.
  • the processor 1810 can control the output interface 1840 to communicate with other devices or chips. Specifically, it can output information or data to other devices or chips.
  • the chip can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details will not be repeated here.
  • the chip can be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of simplicity, they will not be described again. .
  • the chips used in terminal equipment and network equipment can be the same chip or different chips. It should be understood that the chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
  • the processor mentioned above can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or Other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the above-mentioned general processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
  • non-volatile memory may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM).
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application can also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM) and so on. That is, memories in embodiments of the present application are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
  • FIG 19 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 1900 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 1900 includes a terminal device 1910 and a network device 1920.
  • the terminal device 1910 is used to perform the above communication method; the network device 1920 is used to perform the above communication method.
  • the terminal device 1910 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the terminal device in the above method, and the network device 1920 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the network device in the above method.
  • no further details will be given here.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted over a wired connection from a website, computer, server, or data center (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk (SSD)), etc.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.

Landscapes

  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to a communication method, a terminal device and a network device. The method comprises: a terminal device receiving first indication information, wherein the first indication information is used for indicating whether to retransmit a physical random access channel (PRACH).

Description

通信方法、终端设备和网络设备Communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,更具体地,涉及一种通信方法、终端设备和网络设备。The present application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment.
背景技术Background technique
覆盖范围是运营商在进行蜂窝通信网络商业化时考虑的关键因素之一,在一些研究项目中,对PUSCH(物理上行共享信道,Physical Uplink Shared CHannel)、PUCCH(物理上行控制信道,Physical Uplink Control CHannel)和Msg3(消息3)的覆盖进行了扩展。然而,如何对PRACH(物理随机接入信道,Physical Random Access CHannel)进行覆盖增强,就成为需要解决的问题。Coverage is one of the key factors that operators consider when commercializing cellular communication networks. In some research projects, PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared CHannel), PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control Channel, Physical Uplink Control) Coverage of CHannel) and Msg3 (Message 3) has been expanded. However, how to enhance the coverage of PRACH (Physical Random Access CHannel) has become a problem that needs to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法、终端设备和网络设备。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, terminal equipment, and network equipment.
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,包括:The embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including:
终端设备接收第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示是否进行物理随机接入信道PRACH的重复传输。The terminal equipment receives first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,包括:The embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including:
网络设备发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备是否进行物理随机接入信道PRACH的重复传输。The network device sends first indication information; the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
本申请实施例提供一种终端设备,包括:An embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, including:
第一通信单元,用于接收第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示是否进行物理随机接入信道PRACH的重复传输。The first communication unit is configured to receive first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
本申请实施例提供一种网络设备,包括:This embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including:
第二通信单元,用于发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备是否进行物理随机接入信道PRACH的重复传输。The second communication unit is configured to send first indication information; the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
本申请实施例提供一种终端设备,包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使该终端设备执行上述的通信方法。An embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, including a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, so that the terminal device performs the above communication method.
本申请实施例提供一种网络设备,包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使该网络设备执行上述的通信方法。An embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory, so that the network device performs the above communication method.
本申请实施例提供一种网络设备,包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使该网络设备执行上述的通信方法。An embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory, so that the network device performs the above communication method.
本申请实施例提供一种芯片,用于实现上述的通信方法。An embodiment of the present application provides a chip for implementing the above communication method.
具体地,该芯片包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片的设备执行上述的通信方法。Specifically, the chip includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the above-mentioned communication method.
本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,当该计算机程序被设备运行时使得该设备执行上述的通信方法。Embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program. When the computer program is run by a device, it causes the device to perform the above communication method.
本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行上述的通信方法。An embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which includes computer program instructions, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the above communication method.
本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述的通信方法。An embodiment of the present application provides a computer program that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the above communication method.
本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,包括:终端设备,用于执行上述的通信方法;网络设备,用于执行上述的通信方法。An embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, including: a terminal device for performing the above communication method; and a network device for performing the above communication method.
在本申请实施例中,可以指示终端设备是否进行PRACH的重复传输。如此,可以使得终端设备增加使能PRACH的重复传输的功能,进而在需要的时候基于网络设备的指示进行PRACH的重复传输。如此,使得终端设备能够支持PRACH进行重复传输,进而可以保证在重复传输PRACH的情况下增强PRACH的覆盖。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may be instructed whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH. In this way, the terminal device can be added with the function of enabling repeated transmission of PRACH, and then perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on instructions from the network device when necessary. In this way, the terminal equipment can support repeated transmission of PRACH, thereby ensuring that the coverage of PRACH is enhanced when PRACH is repeatedly transmitted.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是根据本申请实施例的应用场景的示意图。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
图2是一种PRACH资源的时域配置的示意图。Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a time domain configuration of PRACH resources.
图3是一种PRACH频率域的资源配置的示意图。Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of resource configuration in the PRACH frequency domain.
图4是SSB与RO的映射关系的示意图。Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the mapping relationship between SSB and RO.
图5是根据本申请一实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图。Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
图6是根据本申请另一实施例的通信方法的示意性流程图。Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method according to another embodiment of the present application.
图7是根据本申请一实施例的DCI格式1_0的组成示意图。Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the composition of DCI format 1_0 according to an embodiment of the present application.
图8~图14是根据本申请实施例的多个目标传输资源的组成样式的多种示例图。Figures 8 to 14 are diagrams illustrating various examples of composition patterns of multiple target transmission resources according to embodiments of the present application.
图15是根据本申请一实施例的终端设备的示意性框图。Figure 15 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图16是根据本申请一实施例的网络设备的示意性框图。Figure 16 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图17是根据本申请实施例的通信设备示意性框图。Figure 17 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图18是根据本申请实施例的芯片的示意性框图。Figure 18 is a schematic block diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
图19是根据本申请实施例的通信系统的示意性框图。Figure 19 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、先进的长期演进(Advanced long term evolution,LTE-A)系统、新无线(New Radio,NR)系统、NR系统的演进系统、非授权频谱上的LTE(LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum,LTE-U)系统、非授权频谱上的NR(NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum,NR-U)系统、非地面通信网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks,NTN)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN)、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WiFi)、第五代通信(5th-Generation,5G)系统或其他通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, Advanced long term evolution (Advanced long term evolution, LTE-A) system , New Radio (NR) system, evolution system of NR system, LTE (LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum, LTE-U) system on unlicensed spectrum, NR (NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum) unlicensed spectrum (NR-U) system, Non-Terrestrial Networks (NTN) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi), fifth-generation communication (5th-Generation, 5G) system or other communication systems, etc.
通常来说,传统的通信系统支持的连接数有限,也易于实现,然而,随着通信技术的发展,移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信,还将支持例如,设备到设备(Device to Device,D2D)通信,机器到机器(Machine to Machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(Machine Type Communication,MTC),车辆间(Vehicle to Vehicle,V2V)通信,或车联网(Vehicle to everything,V2X)通信等,本申请实施例也可以应用于这些通信系统。Generally speaking, traditional communication systems support a limited number of connections and are easy to implement. However, with the development of communication technology, mobile communication systems will not only support traditional communication, but also support, for example, Device to Device, D2D) communication, Machine to Machine (M2M) communication, Machine Type Communication (MTC), Vehicle to Vehicle (V2V) communication, or Vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, etc. , the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to these communication systems.
在一种实施方式中,本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,CA)场景,也可以应用于双连接(Dual Connectivity,DC)场景,还可以应用于独立(Standalone,SA)布网场景。在一种实施方式中,本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于非授权频谱,其中,非授权频谱也可以认为是共享频谱;或者,本申请实施例中的通信系统也可以应用于授权频谱,其中,授权频谱也可以认为是非共享频谱。In an implementation manner, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, a dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC) scenario, or a standalone (Standalone, SA)Network scene. In one implementation, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to unlicensed spectrum, where the unlicensed spectrum can also be considered as shared spectrum; or, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to licensed spectrum , among which, licensed spectrum can also be considered as non-shared spectrum.
本申请实施例结合网络设备和终端设备描述了各个实施例,其中,终端设备也可以称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。终端设备可以是WLAN中的站点(STAION,ST),可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、下一代通信系统例如NR网络中的终端设备,或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)网络中的终端设备等。The embodiments of this application describe various embodiments in combination with network equipment and terminal equipment. The terminal equipment may also be called user equipment (User Equipment, UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device, etc. The terminal device can be a station (ST) in the WLAN, a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, or a personal digital processing unit. (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, next-generation communication systems such as terminal devices in NR networks, or in the future Terminal equipment in the evolved Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) network, etc.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以是手机(Mobile Phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端设备、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端设备等。作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites). superior). In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device may be a mobile phone (Mobile Phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, or an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal. Equipment, wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self-driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city, or wireless terminal equipment in smart home, etc. As an example and not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly defined wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various types of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以是用于与移动设备通信的设备,网络设备可以是WLAN中的接入点(Access Point,AP),GSM或CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者中继站或接入点,或者车载设备、可穿戴设备以及NR网络中的网络设备(gNB)或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备或者NTN网络中的网络设备等。作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以具有移动特性,例如网络设备可以为移动的设备。可选地,网络设备可以为卫星、气球站。例如,卫星可以为低地球轨道(low earth orbit,LEO)卫星、中地球轨道(medium earth orbit,MEO)卫星、地球同步轨道(geostationary earth orbit,GEO)卫星、高椭圆轨道(High Elliptical Orbit,HEO)卫星等。可选地,网络设备还可以为设置在陆地、水域等位置的基站。在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信,该小区可以是网络设备(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(Small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(Metro cell)、微小区(Micro cell)、微微小区(Pico cell)、毫微微小区(Femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。In the embodiment of this application, the network device may be a device used to communicate with mobile devices. The network device may be an access point (Access Point, AP) in WLAN, or a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in GSM or CDMA. , or it can be a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, or an evolutionary base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or access point, or a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and an NR network network equipment (gNB) or network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network or network equipment in the NTN network, etc. As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device may have mobile characteristics, for example, the network device may be a mobile device. Optionally, the network device can be a satellite or balloon station. For example, the satellite can be a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, a geosynchronous orbit (geostationary earth orbit, GEO) satellite, a high elliptical orbit (High Elliptical Orbit, HEO) satellite ) satellite, etc. Optionally, the network device may also be a base station installed on land, water, etc. In this embodiment of the present application, network equipment can provide services for a cell, and terminal equipment communicates with the network equipment through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell. The cell can be a network equipment ( For example, the cell corresponding to the base station), the cell can belong to the macro base station, or it can belong to the base station corresponding to the small cell (Small cell). The small cell here can include: urban cell (Metro cell), micro cell (Micro cell), pico cell ( Pico cell), femto cell (Femto cell), etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-rate data transmission services.
图1示例性地示出了一种通信系统100。该通信系统包括一个网络设备110和两个终端设备120。在一种实施方式中,该通信系统100可以包括多个网络设备110,并且每个网络设备110的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备120,本申请实施例对此不做限定。在一种实施方式中,该通信系统100还可以包括移动性管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,MME)、接入与移动性管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)等其他网络实体,本申请实施例对此不作限定。其中,网络设备又可以包括接入网设备和核心网设备。即无线通信系统还包括用于与接入网设备进行通信的多个核心网。接入网设备可以是长期演进(long-term evolution,LTE)系统、下一代(移动通信系统)(next radio,NR)系统或者授权辅助接入长期演进(authorized auxiliary access long-term evolution,LAA-LTE)系统中的演进型基站(evolutional node B,简称可以为eNB或e-NodeB)宏基站、微基站(也称为“小基站”)、微微基站、接入站点(access point,AP)、传输站点(transmission point,TP)或新一代基站(new generation Node B,gNodeB)等。Figure 1 illustrates a communication system 100. The communication system includes a network device 110 and two terminal devices 120. In one implementation, the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices 110 , and the coverage of each network device 110 may include other numbers of terminal devices 120 , which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. In one implementation, the communication system 100 may also include other network entities such as Mobility Management Entity (MME), Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF), etc. This application implements This example does not limit this. Among them, network equipment may include access network equipment and core network equipment. That is, the wireless communication system also includes multiple core networks used to communicate with access network equipment. The access network equipment can be a long-term evolution (long-term evolution, LTE) system, a next-generation (mobile communication system) (next radio, NR) system or authorized auxiliary access long-term evolution (LAA- Evolutionary base station (evolutional node B, abbreviated as eNB or e-NodeB) macro base station, micro base station (also known as "small base station"), pico base station, access point (access point, AP), Transmission point (TP) or new generation base station (new generation Node B, gNodeB), etc.
应理解,本申请实施例中网络/系统中具有通信功能的设备可称为通信设备。以图1示出的通信系统为例,通信设备可包括具有通信功能的网络设备和终端设备,网络设备和终端设备可以为本申请实施例中的具体设备,此处不再赘述;通信设备还可包括通信系统中的其他设备,例如网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例中对此不做限定。It should be understood that in the embodiments of this application, devices with communication functions in the network/system may be called communication devices. Taking the communication system shown in Figure 1 as an example, the communication equipment may include network equipment and terminal equipment with communication functions. The network equipment and terminal equipment may be specific equipment in the embodiments of the present application, which will not be described again here; the communication equipment also It may include other devices in the communication system, such as network controllers, mobility management entities and other network entities, which are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
应理解,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“指示”可以是直接指示,也可以是间接指示,还可以是表示具有关联关系。举例说明,A指示B,可以表示A直接指示B,例如B可以通过A获取;也可以表示A间接指示B,例如A指示C,B可以通过C获取;还可以表示A和B之间具有关联关系。在本申请实施例的描述中,术语“对应”可表示两者之间具有直接对应或间接对应的关系,也可以表示两者之间具有关联关系,也可以是指示与被指示、配置与被配置等关系。It should be understood that the terms "system" and "network" are often used interchangeably herein. The term "and/or" in this article is just an association relationship that describes related objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and they exist alone. B these three situations. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship. It should be understood that the "instruction" mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a direct instruction, an indirect instruction, or an association relationship. For example, A indicates B, which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also mean that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also mean that there is an association between A and B. relation. In the description of the embodiments of this application, the term "correspondence" can mean that there is a direct correspondence or indirect correspondence between the two, it can also mean that there is an associated relationship between the two, or it can mean indicating and being instructed, configuration and being. Configuration and other relationships.
为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下对本申请实施例的相关技术进行说明,以下相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the relevant technologies of the embodiments of the present application are described below. The following related technologies can be optionally combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and they all belong to the embodiments of the present application. protected range.
一、NR(新无线,New Radio)中PRACH(物理随机接入信道,Physical Random Access CHannel)信道设计:NR支持4种长序列的preamble(前导码)格式(长度均为839),其中格式0、1沿用LTE的格式,格式0用于典型宏小区的覆盖,格式1用于超大小区覆盖,格式2采用更多的序列重复用于覆盖增强,格式3应用于高速移动场景,如高铁。另外,NR还支持A、B、C三个系列的短preamble格式,适应于不同的应用场景。1. PRACH (Physical Random Access CHannel) channel design in NR (New Radio): NR supports 4 long sequence preamble formats (both lengths are 839), of which format 0 , 1 follows the LTE format, format 0 is used for typical macro cell coverage, format 1 is used for ultra-large cell coverage, format 2 uses more sequence repetitions for coverage enhancement, and format 3 is used in high-speed mobile scenarios, such as high-speed rail. In addition, NR also supports three series of short preamble formats: A, B, and C, which are suitable for different application scenarios.
二、NR中PRACH资源的配置:(1)PRACH资源的周期:一方面,PRACH资源的周期影响随机接入时延,较短的PRACH周期可以缩短随机接入时延;反之,较长的PRACH周期导致随机接入时延增大。另一方面,PRACH资源的周期也影响PRACH所占的资源开销。NR的一个鲜明特点是需要支持波束扫描,为支持分布于在各个波束的UE的随机接入请求,系统需要针对每一个波束方向配置相应的PRACH资源。因此,NR标准支持{10,20,40,80,160}ms的PRACH周期,网络设备可以权衡时延、系统开销等多方面因素,设定合适的PRACH周期。(2)PRACH资源的时域配置:为了确定PRACH的时域资源,在确定PRACH周期的基础上,还需要进一步确定在PRACH周期内PRACH资源的时域分布。在FR1,PRACH资源配置信息中指示PRACH资源所在的一个或多个子帧的子帧编号;而对于 FR2,为了指示资源的便利,以60KHz子载波间隔为参考时隙指示PRACH资源所在的一个或多个参考时隙的时隙编号。在FR1的一个子帧对应一个15KHz的PRACH时隙,或两个30KHz的PRACH时隙(如图2所示,一个子帧对应两个PRACH时隙);在FR2的一个参考60KHz的参考时隙内对应一个60KHz的PRACH时隙,或两个120KHz的PRACH时隙(如图2所示,一个时隙对应两个PRACH时隙)。在每一个PRACH时隙之内,如图2所示,网络可以配置一个或多个RO(PRACH Occasion,PRACH时机),所谓PRACH Occasion即为承载Preamble传输的时频资源。进一步地,由于NR支持DL/UL混合的时隙结构,网络可配置在PRACH时隙之内,第一个PRACH occasion所占用的时域资源的起始符号,当在PRACH时隙之内的靠前的符号需要传输下行控制信息时,则可通过配置合适的起始符号预留对应的下行控制信息传输所需要的资源。(3)PRACH频率域的资源配置:在频率域上,NR支持配置1、2、4或8个FDM(Frequency-division multiplexing,频分复用)的PRACH资源,以扩充PRACH容量,当在频率域上配置的PRACH资源为1个以上时,这些PRACH资源在频率域连续分布。如图3所示,FDM个数等于4,也就是在频率域上配置的PRACH资源为4个。网络通知频率域上第一个RO资源的起始PRB相对于BWP(带宽部分,Bandwidth Part)的起始物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)(即图3所示的BWP PRB 0)的偏移。2. Configuration of PRACH resources in NR: (1) Period of PRACH resources: On the one hand, the period of PRACH resources affects the random access delay. A shorter PRACH period can shorten the random access delay; conversely, a longer PRACH period The period causes the random access delay to increase. On the other hand, the period of PRACH resources also affects the resource overhead occupied by PRACH. A distinctive feature of NR is that it needs to support beam scanning. In order to support random access requests from UEs distributed in various beams, the system needs to configure corresponding PRACH resources for each beam direction. Therefore, the NR standard supports the PRACH cycle of {10, 20, 40, 80, 160} ms. Network equipment can weigh various factors such as delay and system overhead to set an appropriate PRACH cycle. (2) Time domain configuration of PRACH resources: In order to determine the time domain resources of PRACH, on the basis of determining the PRACH cycle, it is also necessary to further determine the time domain distribution of PRACH resources within the PRACH cycle. In FR1, the PRACH resource configuration information indicates the subframe number of one or more subframes where the PRACH resource is located; for FR2, in order to facilitate resource indication, the 60KHz subcarrier interval is used as a reference slot to indicate one or more subframes where the PRACH resource is located. The time slot number of the reference time slot. One subframe in FR1 corresponds to a 15KHz PRACH time slot, or two 30KHz PRACH time slots (as shown in Figure 2, one subframe corresponds to two PRACH time slots); in FR2, a reference time slot refers to 60KHz. Corresponds to one 60KHz PRACH time slot, or two 120KHz PRACH time slots (as shown in Figure 2, one time slot corresponds to two PRACH time slots). Within each PRACH time slot, as shown in Figure 2, the network can configure one or more RO (PRACH Occasion, PRACH opportunity). The so-called PRACH Occasion is the time-frequency resource that carries Preamble transmission. Furthermore, since NR supports a DL/UL mixed time slot structure, the network can be configured within a PRACH time slot. The starting symbol of the time domain resource occupied by the first PRACH occasion will be used when the next PRACH time slot is used. When the previous symbol needs to transmit downlink control information, the resources required for the corresponding downlink control information transmission can be reserved by configuring the appropriate starting symbol. (3) PRACH frequency domain resource configuration: In the frequency domain, NR supports configuring 1, 2, 4 or 8 FDM (Frequency-division multiplexing, frequency division multiplexing) PRACH resources to expand PRACH capacity. When more than one PRACH resource is configured in the domain, these PRACH resources are continuously distributed in the frequency domain. As shown in Figure 3, the number of FDMs is equal to 4, that is, 4 PRACH resources are configured in the frequency domain. The network notifies the offset of the starting PRB of the first RO resource in the frequency domain relative to the starting physical resource block (PRB) of the BWP (Bandwidth Part) (ie, BWP PRB 0 shown in Figure 3). shift.
三、PRACH传输的发起:在物理层随机接入过程开始之前:层1会从高层(higher layer)接收到一个SS/PBCH(同步信号和物理广播信道,Synchronization Signal and Physical Broadcast Channel)块的索引集合,并且向高层提供一个相应的RSRP(Reference Signal Receiving Power,参考信号接收功率)测量结果;层1可以从高层接收执行Type-1(类型-1)随机接入或者Type-2(类型-2)随机接入的指示;层1从高层接收下述信息:(1)PRACH传输参数的配置,比如,包括PRACH preamble格式、PRACH传输的时域资源和频域资源等等;(2)PRACH preamble序列确定根序列和循环移位的参数,比如可以包括逻辑根序列表的index、循环移位(Ncs)、集合类型(unrestricted、restricted set A、或者restricted set B)等等;当收到高层或者PDCCH命令请求的PRACH传输时,开始发起随机接入过程。如果随机接入过程是由PDCCH命令发起的,则PRACH传输的SCS(sub-carrier space,子载波间隔)与高层指示的SCS相同。触发随机接入过程的方式有以下3种:PDCCH命令触发:gNB通过特殊的DCI(Downlink Control Information,下行控制信息)format(格式)1_0告诉UE需要重新发起随机接入过程;MAC(Media Access Control,介质访问控制)层触发:UE自己选择preamble发起随机接入过程;RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)层触发:如初始接入、重建、切换、RRC_INACTIVE(非激活)转换到RRC_CONNECTED(连接)态、请求其他SI(System Information,系统消息)、RRC在同步重配时的请求等。3. Initiation of PRACH transmission: Before the physical layer random access process starts: Layer 1 will receive an SS/PBCH (Synchronization Signal and Physical Broadcast Channel) block index from the higher layer. Collection and provide a corresponding RSRP (Reference Signal Receiving Power, reference signal receiving power) measurement result to the upper layer; Layer 1 can receive from the upper layer to perform Type-1 (Type-1) random access or Type-2 (Type-2 ) Random access indication; Layer 1 receives the following information from the higher layer: (1) Configuration of PRACH transmission parameters, including PRACH preamble format, PRACH transmission time domain resources and frequency domain resources, etc.; (2) PRACH preamble The sequence determines the parameters of the root sequence and cyclic shift, such as the index of the logical root sequence list, cyclic shift (Ncs), set type (unrestricted, restricted set A, or restricted set B), etc.; when receiving a high-level or When the PRACH requested by the PDCCH command is transmitted, the random access process begins. If the random access process is initiated by a PDCCH command, the SCS (sub-carrier space) transmitted by PRACH is the same as the SCS indicated by the higher layer. There are three ways to trigger the random access process: PDCCH command trigger: gNB tells the UE that it needs to re-initiate the random access process through a special DCI (Downlink Control Information) format 1_0; MAC (Media Access Control) , Media Access Control) layer trigger: the UE selects preamble to initiate the random access process; RRC (Radio Resource Control, Radio Resource Control) layer trigger: such as initial access, reconstruction, handover, RRC_INACTIVE (inactive) to RRC_CONNECTED (connected) ) state, request other SI (System Information, system message), RRC request during synchronous reconfiguration, etc.
四、SSB(同步信号块,SSB-SynchronizationSignalBlock)与PRACH Occasion的映射:在UE发起随时接入之前,UE对小区的信号质量以及小区中的各个SSB的信号强度会进行测量评估。在发起PRACH时,UE在对应信号最强或较强的SSB所对应的PRACH occasion上发送preamble。网络若成功接收preamble,就基于preamble所在PRACH occasion获知UE的下行波束信息,进而使用该波束信息进行后续通信,例如msg2、msg4等。SSB与PRACH occasion(即RO)之间存在多种可能的比例关系:1)一对一映射;2)多对一映射;3)一对多映射。考虑支持多样化的场景,这三种比例关系在NR标准中均得到支持。例如,在用户较少的场景,可以支持多个SSB对应同一个PRACH occasion以节省PRACH资源,而多个SSB分享同一个PRACH Occasion内的preamble,即不同的SSB对应同一个PRACH Occasion内的不同的preamble子集;在用户较多的场景,可以支持一个SSB对应多个PRACH occasion以提供足够的PRACH容量。4. Mapping of SSB (Synchronization Signal Block, SSB-SynchronizationSignalBlock) and PRACH Occasion: Before the UE initiates access at any time, the UE will measure and evaluate the signal quality of the cell and the signal strength of each SSB in the cell. When initiating PRACH, the UE sends preamble on the PRACH occasion corresponding to the SSB with the strongest or stronger signal. If the network successfully receives the preamble, it will learn the downlink beam information of the UE based on the PRACH occasion where the preamble is located, and then use the beam information for subsequent communications, such as msg2, msg4, etc. There are many possible proportional relationships between SSB and PRACH occurrence (ie RO): 1) one-to-one mapping; 2) many-to-one mapping; 3) one-to-many mapping. Considering supporting diverse scenarios, these three proportional relationships are all supported in the NR standard. For example, in scenarios with fewer users, multiple SSBs can be supported to correspond to the same PRACH occasion to save PRACH resources, and multiple SSBs share the preamble in the same PRACH occasion, that is, different SSBs correspond to different preambles in the same PRACH occasion. preamble subset; in scenarios with many users, one SSB can be supported to correspond to multiple PRACH occasions to provide sufficient PRACH capacity.
系统中有多个实际传输的SSB以及多个配置的PRACH occasion和相应的preamble资源,网络与UE均需要获知每一个SSB与哪些PRACH occasion以及相应的preamble资源对应。在NR中SSB与RO的映射采用频域优先的设计,具体如下:每一个PRACH occasion之内依据preamble索引递增的顺序;依据FDM的PRACH occasion的编号递增的顺序;在一个PRACH slot内依据时分复用的PRACH occasion的编号递增的顺序;依据PRACH slot的递增顺序。对于基站仅能接收单个波束的场景,可将频分复用的多个PRACH occasion配置为对应同一个SSB。以8个SSB,PRACH_FDM=4(频分复用4个RO)为例进行说明。图4给出了不同SSB_per_RO(1/4,1/2,1,2,8)时的SSB与RO的映射关系。如图4所示的401部分,假设系统的全部SSB一共有8个SSB,在PRACH_FDM=4、SSB_per_RO(即一个传输资源关联的SSB的数量)=1/4,表示一个SSB映射到4个RO,由于PRACH_FDM=4,则1个SSB可以映射到一个时域RO(频域上由4个RO组成),由于该时域RO频分复用为4个频域RO,因此一个SSB映射到同一个时域上的4个频域RO,比如图4中的401部分,SSB1映射到第一个时域的4个频域RO上,SSB2映射到第二个时域的4个频域RO等等,不进行一一赘述。假设系统的全部SSB一共有8个SSB,在PRACH_FDM=4、SSB_per_RO(即一个传输资源关联的SSB的数量)=1/2, 则2个SSB映射到一个时域RO,由于该时域RO频分复用为4个频域RO,因此一个SSB映射到同一个时域上的2个频域RO,比如图4的402部分,SSB1映射到第一个时域的2个频域RO上,SSB2映射到第一个时域的2个频域RO,且SSB2位于SSB1之后,不进行一一赘述。假设系统的全部SSB一共有8个SSB,在PRACH_FDM=4、SSB_per_RO(即一个传输资源关联的SSB的数量)=1,则4个SSB映射到一个时域RO,由于该时域RO频分复用为4个频域RO,因此一个SSB映射到一个时域上的1个频域RO,比如图4的403部分,SSB1映射到第一个时域的第1个频域RO上,SSB2映射到第一个时域的第2个频域RO,且SSB2位于SSB1之后,不进行一一赘述。假设系统的全部SSB一共有8个SSB,在PRACH_FDM=4、SSB_per_RO(即一个传输资源关联的SSB的数量)=2,则8个SSB映射到一个时域RO,由于该时域RO频分复用为4个频域RO,因此2个SSB映射到一个时域上的1个频域RO,比如图4的404部分,SSB1和SSB2同时映射到第一个时域的第1个频域RO上,不进行一一赘述。假设系统的全部SSB一共有8个SSB,在PRACH_FDM=4、SSB_per_RO(即一个传输资源关联的SSB的数量)=8,则8个SSB映射到一个时域RO,且8个SSB映射到一个时域上的1个频域RO,比如图4的408部分,SSB1~SSB8同时映射到第一个时域的1个频域RO上,不进行一一赘述。There are multiple actual transmitted SSBs and multiple configured PRACH occasions and corresponding preamble resources in the system. Both the network and the UE need to know which PRACH occasions and corresponding preamble resources correspond to each SSB. In NR, the mapping of SSB and RO adopts frequency domain priority design, as follows: within each PRACH occasion, according to the increasing order of the preamble index; according to the increasing order of the FDM PRACH occasion number; within a PRACH slot, according to the time division multiplexing order The increasing order of the PRACH occurrence numbers used; according to the increasing order of the PRACH slot. For scenarios where the base station can only receive a single beam, multiple PRACH occasions of frequency division multiplexing can be configured to correspond to the same SSB. Take 8 SSBs and PRACH_FDM=4 (frequency division multiplexing of 4 ROs) as an example for explanation. Figure 4 shows the mapping relationship between SSB and RO at different SSB_per_RO (1/4, 1/2, 1, 2, 8). As shown in part 401 in Figure 4, it is assumed that all SSBs of the system have a total of 8 SSBs. When PRACH_FDM=4, SSB_per_RO (that is, the number of SSBs associated with a transmission resource)=1/4, it means that one SSB is mapped to 4 ROs. , since PRACH_FDM=4, then 1 SSB can be mapped to a time domain RO (composed of 4 ROs in the frequency domain). Since the time domain RO is frequency division multiplexed into 4 frequency domain ROs, one SSB is mapped to the same time domain RO. Four frequency domain ROs in one time domain, such as part 401 in Figure 4, SSB1 maps to the four frequency domain ROs in the first time domain, SSB2 maps to the four frequency domain ROs in the second time domain, etc. Wait, I won’t go into details one by one. Assume that all SSBs in the system have a total of 8 SSBs. When PRACH_FDM=4 and SSB_per_RO (that is, the number of SSBs associated with a transmission resource)=1/2, then 2 SSBs are mapped to one time domain RO. Since the time domain RO frequency Division multiplexing into four frequency domain ROs, so one SSB is mapped to two frequency domain ROs in the same time domain. For example, in part 402 of Figure 4, SSB1 is mapped to two frequency domain ROs in the first time domain. SSB2 is mapped to the two frequency domain ROs in the first time domain, and SSB2 is located after SSB1, so we will not go into details one by one. Assume that all SSBs in the system have a total of 8 SSBs. When PRACH_FDM=4 and SSB_per_RO (that is, the number of SSBs associated with a transmission resource)=1, then 4 SSBs are mapped to a time domain RO. Since the time domain RO frequency division complex Used as 4 frequency domain ROs, so one SSB is mapped to 1 frequency domain RO in a time domain. For example, in part 403 of Figure 4, SSB1 is mapped to the first frequency domain RO in the first time domain, and SSB2 is mapped to to the second frequency domain RO of the first time domain, and SSB2 is located after SSB1, so we will not go into details one by one. Assume that all SSBs in the system have a total of 8 SSBs. When PRACH_FDM=4 and SSB_per_RO (that is, the number of SSBs associated with a transmission resource)=2, then 8 SSBs are mapped to one time domain RO. Since the time domain RO frequency division complex Used as 4 frequency domain ROs, so 2 SSBs are mapped to 1 frequency domain RO in a time domain. For example, in part 404 of Figure 4, SSB1 and SSB2 are simultaneously mapped to the first frequency domain RO in the first time domain. above, I won’t go into details one by one. Assume that all SSBs in the system have a total of 8 SSBs. When PRACH_FDM=4 and SSB_per_RO (that is, the number of SSBs associated with a transmission resource)=8, then 8 SSBs are mapped to a time domain RO, and 8 SSBs are mapped to a time domain RO. A frequency domain RO in the domain, such as part 408 in Figure 4, SSB1 to SSB8 are simultaneously mapped to a frequency domain RO in the first time domain, and will not be described one by one.
五、发送preamble的PRACH资源选择:PRACH mask index(掩码索引)用于确定基于非竞争的随机接入过程的PRACH资源位置。基于非竞争的PRACH mask index配置方式有4种:1)由消息4中参数PRACH-ConfigDedicated(专用配置)->ra-ssb-OccasionmaskIndex指示;2)由消息4中参数BeamFailureRecoveryConfig(波束失败恢复配置)->ra-ssb-OccassionMakIndex指示;3)由SIB1(系统消息块1,System Information Block1)中SI-SchedulingInfo(调度信息)->SI-RequestResources(请求资源)->ra-ssb-OccassionMakIndex指示;4)由PDCCH order通过DCI format 1_0中PRACH mask index指示。5. PRACH resource selection for sending preamble: PRACH mask index (mask index) is used to determine the PRACH resource location based on the non-contention-based random access process. There are four non-contention based PRACH mask index configuration methods: 1) indicated by the parameter PRACH-ConfigDedicated (dedicated configuration) -> ra-ssb-OccasionmaskIndex in message 4; 2) indicated by the parameter BeamFailureRecoveryConfig (beam failure recovery configuration) in message 4 ->ra-ssb-OccassionMakIndex indication; 3) Indicated by SI-SchedulingInfo (scheduling information)->SI-RequestResources (request resources)->ra-ssb-OccassionMakIndex in SIB1 (System Information Block1); 4 ) is indicated by PDCCH order through PRACH mask index in DCI format 1_0.
覆盖范围是运营商在进行蜂窝通信网络商业化时考虑的关键因素之一,因为它直接影响服务质量以及资本支出和运营成本。在实际部署的大多数场景中,UL性能可能是瓶颈,而在一些垂直用例中,UL流量很大,例如视频上传。在Rel-17研究项目900061“NR覆盖增强”中,对“860036”研究项目“NR覆盖增强研究”中确定的一些瓶颈通道,特别是PUSCH、PUCCH和Msg3的NR覆盖进行了扩展。然而,由于Rel-17WID的范围有限,并不是覆盖范围增强的所有需求都得到了满足。PRACH传输在许多过程中都是非常重要的,例如初始接入和波束失效恢复。因此,如何提高PRACH的覆盖性能就成为需要解决的问题。Coverage is one of the key factors that operators consider when commercializing cellular communication networks, as it directly affects service quality as well as capital expenditure and operating costs. In most scenarios of actual deployment, UL performance may be the bottleneck, while in some vertical use cases, UL traffic is large, such as video uploading. In the Rel-17 research project 900061 "NR Coverage Enhancement", some bottleneck channels identified in the "860036" research project "NR Coverage Enhancement Research", especially the NR coverage of PUSCH, PUCCH and Msg3, were expanded. However, due to the limited range of Rel-17WID, not all needs for coverage enhancement were met. PRACH transmission is very important in many processes, such as initial access and beam failure recovery. Therefore, how to improve the coverage performance of PRACH has become a problem that needs to be solved.
图5是根据本申请一实施例的通信方法500的示意性流程图。该方法可选地可以应用于图1所示的系统,但并不仅限于此。该方法包括以下内容的至少部分内容:Figure 5 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method 500 according to an embodiment of the present application. This method can optionally be applied to the system shown in Figure 1, but is not limited thereto. The method includes at least some of the following:
S510、终端设备接收第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示是否进行物理随机接入信道PRACH的重复传输。S510. The terminal device receives first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
图6是根据本申请一实施例的通信方法600的示意性流程图。该方法可选地可以应用于图1所示的系统,但并不仅限于此。该方法包括以下内容的至少部分内容:Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 600 according to an embodiment of the present application. This method can optionally be applied to the system shown in Figure 1, but is not limited thereto. The method includes at least some of the following:
S610、网络设备发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备是否进行物理随机接入信道PRACH的重复传输。S610. The network device sends first indication information; the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
前述实施例中,所述网络设备可以为接入网设备,比如,可以是gNB、eNB、基站等等,不对其进行穷举。In the foregoing embodiments, the network device may be an access network device, for example, it may be a gNB, an eNB, a base station, etc., which are not exhaustive.
前述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备是否进行PRACH的重复传输,该第一指示信息可以称为PRACH重复传输的指示(PRACH repetition indicator)信息,或PRACH重复传输的指示域;应理解,该第一指示信息在实际使用时还可以称为其他名称,比如PRACH repetition flag(PRACH重复传输标志位)、PRACH repetition enabled(PRACH重复传输使能)信息、msg1 repetition indicator(msg1重复传输的指示)信息、msg1 repetition flag(msg1重复传输的标志位)、msg1 repetition enabled(msg1重复传输使能)信息等等,这里不对其全部可能的名称进行穷举。The aforementioned first indication information is used to indicate whether the terminal equipment performs repeated transmission of PRACH. The first indication information may be called PRACH repetition indicator information, or an indication field of PRACH repeated transmission; it should be understood that the first indication information In actual use, the indication information can also be called other names, such as PRACH repetition flag (PRACH repeated transmission flag), PRACH repetition enabled (PRACH repeated transmission enable) information, msg1 repetition indicator (msg1 repeated transmission indication) information, msg1 repetition flag (flag bit of msg1 repeated transmission), msg1 repetition enabled (msg1 repeated transmission enable) information, etc. We will not exhaust all possible names here.
前述第一指示信息,可以是由多种信息或信令中任意之一携带的;示例性的,该第一指示信息,可以由以下之一携带:DCI、RRC信令。The aforementioned first indication information may be carried by any one of a variety of information or signaling; for example, the first indication information may be carried by one of the following: DCI or RRC signaling.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一指示信息由DCI携带,该DCI可以是第一DCI,该第一DCI的格式为DCI格式(format)1_0。In some implementations, the first indication information is carried by DCI, the DCI may be a first DCI, and the format of the first DCI is DCI format (format) 1_0.
在本实施方式中,该DCI format 1_0由PDCCH(物理下行控制信道,Physical Downlink Control CHannel)承载。前述第一指示信息,具体可以由第一DCI即DCI格式(format)1_0的第一信息域携带。其中,所述第一信息域可以是一个新的信息域,具体可以是对保留比特中的一个或多个比特进行定义得到的一个新的信息域。In this implementation, the DCI format 1_0 is carried by PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel, Physical Downlink Control CHannel). The aforementioned first indication information may specifically be carried by the first DCI, that is, the first information field of DCI format 1_0. Wherein, the first information field may be a new information field, specifically, it may be a new information field obtained by defining one or more bits among the reserved bits.
在一种示例中,当使用DCI format 1_0携带该第一指示信息时,该DCI format 1_0需要满足以下三种条件中至少之一:使用RNTI(Radio Network Temporary Identifier,无线网络临时标识)进行加扰; “Frequency domain resource assignment(频域资源分配)”域(Field)是全“1”;以及Random Access Preamble index(随机接入前导码索引号)Field不是全“0”。In an example, when DCI format 1_0 is used to carry the first indication information, the DCI format 1_0 needs to meet at least one of the following three conditions: Use RNTI (Radio Network Temporary Identifier, Wireless Network Temporary Identifier) for scrambling ; The "Frequency domain resource assignment (Frequency domain resource assignment)" field (Field) is all "1"; and the Random Access Preamble index (random access preamble index number) Field is not all "0".
其中,RNTI可以为以下之一:C-RNTI(Cell-RNTI,小区无线网络临时标识)、TC-RNTI(Temporary Cell RNTI,临时小区RNTI)、CS-RNTI(Configured Scheduling RNTI,配置调度RNTI)、MCS-C-RNTI(Modulcation Coding Scheme Cell RNTI,调制编码方案小区RNTI)。Among them, RNTI can be one of the following: C-RNTI (Cell-RNTI, temporary cell wireless network identification), TC-RNTI (Temporary Cell RNTI, temporary cell RNTI), CS-RNTI (Configured Scheduling RNTI, configuration scheduling RNTI), MCS-C-RNTI (Modulcation Coding Scheme Cell RNTI, Modulation Coding Scheme Cell RNTI).
在一种优选的示例中,当使用DCI format 1_0携带该第一指示信息时,前述DCI format 1_0需要满足上述三种条件中的全部条件。这是由于,如果DCI format 1_0使用C-RNTI(Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier,小区无线网络临时标识)进行加扰,并且“Frequency domain resource assignment(频域资源分配)”域是全“1”,则DCI format 1_0用于PDCCH命令发起的随机接入过程,此时,使用该DCI format 1_0携带第一指示信息,可以使得终端设备在接收到该第一指示信息时发起随机接入过程,并且直接确定随机接入过程中是否进行PRACH的重复传输。另外,Random Access Preamble index(随机接入前导码索引号)Field不是全“0”的时候,PRACH mask index(掩码索引号)域才用于指示与SS/PBCH(即SSB)关联的RO,SS/PBCH index(索引号)域才用于确定PRACH传输时使用的SSB,而上述PRACH传输使用的SSB以及SSB关联的RO,可以使得终端设备确定本次PRACH传输或重复传输所要使用的传输资源。In a preferred example, when DCI format 1_0 is used to carry the first indication information, the aforementioned DCI format 1_0 needs to meet all of the above three conditions. This is because if DCI format 1_0 uses C-RNTI (Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier, Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier) for scrambling, and the "Frequency domain resource assignment" field is all "1", Then DCI format 1_0 is used for the random access process initiated by the PDCCH command. At this time, using the DCI format 1_0 to carry the first indication information can enable the terminal device to initiate the random access process when receiving the first indication information, and directly Determine whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH during random access. In addition, when the Random Access Preamble index (random access preamble index number) Field is not all "0", the PRACH mask index (mask index number) field is used to indicate the RO associated with SS/PBCH (that is, SSB). The SS/PBCH index (index number) field is used to determine the SSB used for PRACH transmission. The SSB used for the above PRACH transmission and the RO associated with the SSB can enable the terminal device to determine the transmission resources to be used for this PRACH transmission or repeated transmission. .
关于携带前述第一指示信息的DCI format 1_0的具体组成可以参见图7,其中包括:Refer to Figure 7 for the specific composition of DCI format 1_0 carrying the aforementioned first indication information, which includes:
域(Field)1,Identifier for DCI format(DCI格式的标识):1比特(bit),用于指示DCI格式;Field (Field) 1, Identifier for DCI format (identifier of DCI format): 1 bit (bit), used to indicate DCI format;
Field 2,Frequency domain resource assignment:用于指示频率域资源,其占用的x比特;x可以为根据实际情况确定的,具体可以为基于协议规定的公式计算得到的,这里不对其进行限定; Field 2, Frequency domain resource assignment: used to indicate the frequency domain resource, the x bits it occupies; x can be determined according to the actual situation, specifically it can be calculated based on the formula specified in the protocol, which is not limited here;
Field 3,Random Access Preamble index(随机接入前导码索引号):6比特,用于显式指示ra-PreambleIndex(随机接入-前导码索引号); Field 3, Random Access Preamble index: 6 bits, used to explicitly indicate ra-PreambleIndex (random access-preamble index number);
Field 4,UL/SUL(supplementary Uplink,补充的上行链路)indicator(指示):1比特,如果“Random Access Preamble index”不是全0,并且UE在ServingCellConfig(服务小区配置)中配置了SUL,该域指示使用哪个UL载波进行PRACH的传输;否则,该域保留; Field 4, UL/SUL (supplementary Uplink, supplementary uplink) indicator: 1 bit, if "Random Access Preamble index" is not all 0, and the UE is configured with SUL in ServingCellConfig (serving cell configuration), the The field indicates which UL carrier is used for PRACH transmission; otherwise, this field is reserved;
Field 5,SS/PBCH index(索引号):6比特,如果“Random Access Preamble index”不是全0,该域指示用来确定PRACH传输时使用RACH occasion的SS/PBCH;否则,该域保留; Field 5, SS/PBCH index (index number): 6 bits. If "Random Access Preamble index" is not all 0, this field indicates the SS/PBCH used to determine the RACH occasion used for PRACH transmission; otherwise, this field is reserved;
Field 6,PRACH mask index:4比特,如果“Random Access Preamble index”不是全0,该域指示与SS/PBCH(由6比特的SS/PBCH index指示)关联的RACH occasion;否则,该域保留; Field 6, PRACH mask index: 4 bits. If "Random Access Preamble index" is not all 0, this field indicates the RACH occurrence associated with SS/PBCH (indicated by 6-bit SS/PBCH index); otherwise, this field is reserved;
Field 7,第一指示信息:1个或多个bit(bit),用于指示终端设备是否进行PRACH的重复传输; Field 7, first indication information: 1 or more bits, used to indicate whether the terminal device performs repeated transmission of PRACH;
Field 8,保留比特:在协议中规定,在FR1中具有共享频谱信道接入的小区中的操作,或者在FR2-2中DCI格式在通用搜索空间中被监听时,保留比特为12比特;否则,保留比特为10比特。在本示例中,第一指示信息会占用保留比特的1个或多个bit,因此保留比特的bit位的数量可以为小于或等于11bit,或者,保留比特的bit位的数量可以为小于或等于9bit。 Field 8, reserved bits: As specified in the protocol, when operating in a cell with shared spectrum channel access in FR1, or when the DCI format is monitored in the common search space in FR2-2, the reserved bits are 12 bits; otherwise , the reserved bits are 10 bits. In this example, the first indication information will occupy one or more bits of the reserved bits, so the number of reserved bits may be less than or equal to 11 bits, or the number of reserved bits may be less than or equal to 9bit.
另外,在图7中还示意出,携带第一指示信息的DCI format 1_0中,前述Field 1~Field8的一种排列顺序;图7仅为示例性说明,实际处理中,前述Field7可以在Field8之前,还可以在Field 8之内,还可以在Field8之后,均在本实施例保护范围内,只是不做穷举。In addition, Figure 7 also illustrates an arrangement order of the aforementioned Field 1 to Field 8 in the DCI format 1_0 carrying the first indication information; Figure 7 is only an exemplary illustration. In actual processing, the aforementioned Field 7 can be before Field 8 , it can also be within Field 8, or it can also be after Field 8, which are all within the protection scope of this embodiment, but it is not exhaustive.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一指示信息由DCI携带,该DCI可以是第二DCI。该第二DCI的格式为除DCI格式1_0之外的其他DCI格式。In some implementations, the first indication information is carried by DCI, which may be a second DCI. The format of the second DCI is a DCI format other than DCI format 1_0.
一种示例中:该第二DCI的格式可以为:协议规定的DCI格式中,除DCI格式1_0之外的其他DCI格式。比如,第二DCI的格式为以下任意之一:DCI格式0_0、DCI格式0_1、DCI格式1_1、DCI格式2_1、DCI格式2_2、DCI格式2_3等等。这种情况下,该第二DCI同样可以是PDCCH承载,但是该第二DCI的功能并非用于指示终端设备发起随机接入过程,关于第二DCI的具体功能本实施例不对其进行限定。所述第一指示信息,可以由第二DCI的指定信息域携带,该指定信息域可以占用第二DCI的保留比特中的一个或多个比特。In an example, the format of the second DCI may be: among the DCI formats specified by the protocol, other DCI formats except DCI format 1_0. For example, the format of the second DCI is any one of the following: DCI format 0_0, DCI format 0_1, DCI format 1_1, DCI format 2_1, DCI format 2_2, DCI format 2_3, etc. In this case, the second DCI may also be a PDCCH bearer, but the function of the second DCI is not used to instruct the terminal device to initiate a random access process. This embodiment does not limit the specific function of the second DCI. The first indication information may be carried by a designated information field of the second DCI, and the designated information field may occupy one or more bits among the reserved bits of the second DCI.
又一种示例中:该第二DCI的格式可以为新定义的DCI格式。该新定义的DCI格式与前述协议规定的DCI格式均不相同。这种情况下,该第二DCI可以为专用于指示终端设备是否进行PRACH的重复传输。该第一指示信息,可以由第二DCI的指定信息域携带,其占用的比特位的数量可以为一个或多个。In another example: the format of the second DCI may be a newly defined DCI format. The newly defined DCI format is different from the DCI format stipulated in the aforementioned protocols. In this case, the second DCI may be specifically used to indicate whether the terminal device performs repeated transmission of PRACH. The first indication information may be carried by the designated information field of the second DCI, and the number of bits occupied by it may be one or more.
在一些实施方式中,所述第一指示信息由RRC信令携带。该RRC信令可以是任意一个处理流程中的RRC信令,比如,可以是RRC连接建立信令、RRC连接重配置完成信令等等,这里不对其全部可能的情况进行穷举。In some implementations, the first indication information is carried by RRC signaling. The RRC signaling can be RRC signaling in any processing flow, for example, it can be RRC connection establishment signaling, RRC connection reconfiguration completion signaling, etc. All possible situations are not exhaustive here.
所述终端设备执行S410之后,还可以包括:在基于所述第一指示信息确定进行PRACH的重复传 输的情况下,所述终端设备在多个目标传输资源上进行PRACH的重复传输;其中,所述多个目标传输资源中每个目标传输资源用于进行一次PRACH的传输。相应的,所述网络设备执行S510之后,还可以包括:所述网络设备在所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输的情况下,在多个目标传输资源上,接收重复传输的PRACH。After the terminal device performs S410, it may further include: when it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the first indication information, the terminal device performs repeated transmission of PRACH on multiple target transmission resources; wherein, Each target transmission resource among the plurality of target transmission resources is used for one PRACH transmission. Correspondingly, after the network device performs S510, it may also include: when the first instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform repeated transmission of PRACH, the network device receives repeated transmission on multiple target transmission resources. Transmitted PRACH.
也就是网络设备可以通过向终端设备发送该第一指示信息,以指示该终端设备是否进行PRACH的重复传输;若该第一指示信息用于指示该终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输,则网络设备可以在多个目标传输资源上,接收该终端设备重复传输的PRACH。相应的,所述终端设备在接收到所述网络设备发送的所述第一指示信息之后,基于该第一指示信息判断网络设备是否指示其进行PRACH的重复传输,若确定进行PRACH的重复传输,则可以在多个目标传输资源上进行PRACH的重复传输。That is, the network device can send the first indication information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; if the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform repeated transmission of PRACH, the network device can On multiple target transmission resources, receive the PRACH repeatedly transmitted by the terminal device. Correspondingly, after receiving the first instruction information sent by the network device, the terminal device determines whether the network device instructs it to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the first instruction information. If it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH, Then, PRACH can be repeatedly transmitted on multiple target transmission resources.
应理解,前述PRACH的重复传输包括:PRACH的第一次传输,以及PRACH的第一次传输之后的一次或多次传输。由于所述多个目标传输资源中每个目标传输资源用于进行一次PRACH传输,因此,所述多个目标传输资源的数量与PRACH的重复传输次数相同。It should be understood that the aforementioned repeated transmission of PRACH includes: the first transmission of PRACH, and one or more transmissions after the first transmission of PRACH. Since each of the plurality of target transmission resources is used for one PRACH transmission, the number of the plurality of target transmission resources is the same as the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
前述对第一指示信息的说明中,已经指出,该第一指示信息可以是由DCI携带或RRC信令携带。若该第一指示信息由第一DCI携带,则该第一DCI用于指示终端设备发起随机接入过程;相应的,终端设备可以是在接收到该第一DCI时,就基于该第一DCI中携带的第一指示信息,确定是否进行PRACH的重复传输,若确定进行PRACH的重复传输,则开始在多个目标传输资源上进行PRACH的重复传输。若该第一指示信息由第二DCI携带,或由RRC信令携带;这种情况中,该第二DCI或RRC信令,可能并非用于指示终端设备发起随机接入过程;相应的,终端设备可以根据该第一指示信息确定自身是否能够进行PRACH的重复传输,若终端设备确定能够进行PRACH的重复传输,则在终端设备发起随机接入过程时,再开始在多个目标传输资源上进行PRACH的重复传输。In the foregoing description of the first indication information, it has been pointed out that the first indication information may be carried by DCI or RRC signaling. If the first indication information is carried by the first DCI, the first DCI is used to instruct the terminal device to initiate a random access process; accordingly, when receiving the first DCI, the terminal device may, based on the first DCI The first indication information carried in determines whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH. If it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH, start to perform repeated transmission of PRACH on multiple target transmission resources. If the first indication information is carried by the second DCI or by RRC signaling; in this case, the second DCI or RRC signaling may not be used to instruct the terminal device to initiate a random access process; accordingly, the terminal The device can determine whether it can perform repeated transmission of PRACH according to the first indication information. If the terminal device determines that it can perform repeated transmission of PRACH, then when the terminal device initiates a random access process, it will start to perform the process on multiple target transmission resources. Repeated transmission of PRACH.
另外,所述终端设备执行S410之后,还可以包括:在基于所述第一指示信息确定不进行PRACH的重复传输的情况下,所述终端设备在选择的一个传输资源上进行PRACH的一次传输。也就是说,若该终端设备基于第一指示信息确定不进行PRACH的重复传输,则该终端设备确定仅进行PRACH的一次传输,这种情况下,该终端设备仅在选择的一个传输资源上传输一次PRACH。相应的,所述网络设备执行S510之后,还可以包括:所述网络设备在所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备不进行PRACH的重复传输的情况下,接收PRACH。In addition, after the terminal device performs S410, it may also include: when it is determined not to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH based on the first indication information, the terminal device performs one transmission of the PRACH on a selected transmission resource. That is to say, if the terminal device determines not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the first indication information, then the terminal device determines to perform only one transmission of PRACH. In this case, the terminal device only transmits on the selected transmission resource. A PRACH. Correspondingly, after the network device performs S510, it may also include: the network device receives the PRACH when the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device not to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH.
其中,所述终端设备选择的一个传输资源,可以为根据现有协议规定选择的一个传输资源,比如,结合图4来说,在SSB_per_RO=1的情况下,终端设备选择的一个传输资源为唯一的一个传输资源;在SSB_per_RO=1/4的情况下,终端设备可用的传输资源有4个,此时终端设备可以任意选择其中之一作为选择的一个传输资源。Wherein, a transmission resource selected by the terminal device may be a transmission resource selected according to existing protocol regulations. For example, in conjunction with Figure 4, in the case of SSB_per_RO=1, a transmission resource selected by the terminal device is unique A transmission resource; in the case of SSB_per_RO=1/4, there are 4 transmission resources available to the terminal device. At this time, the terminal device can arbitrarily select one of them as a selected transmission resource.
前述传输资源,具体可以指的是PRACH时机;该PRACH时机可以为时频资源,该PRACH时机还可以称为RO。应理解,在本公开以下说明中,如无特殊说明,传输资源与RO含义相同,目标传输资源与目标RO含义相同,可用传输资源与可用RO含义相同,下文不再进行一一说明。The aforementioned transmission resources may specifically refer to PRACH opportunities; the PRACH opportunities may be time-frequency resources, and the PRACH opportunities may also be called ROs. It should be understood that in the following description of this disclosure, unless otherwise specified, transmission resources have the same meaning as RO, target transmission resources have the same meaning as target RO, available transmission resources have the same meaning as available RO, and will not be explained one by one below.
前述实施例具体说明了在确定进行PRACH的重复传输的情况下,终端设备在多个目标传输资源上进行PRACH的重复传输,以及网络设备在多个目标传输资源上接收重复传输的PRACH。The foregoing embodiments specifically illustrate that when it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH, the terminal device performs repeated transmission of PRACH on multiple target transmission resources, and the network device receives the repeatedly transmitted PRACH on multiple target transmission resources.
接下来,针对第一指示信息指示是否进行PRACH的重复传输的两种指示方式;以及在不同的指示方式下,终端设备和网络设备具体如何确定PRACH的重复传输次数,且终端设备和网络设备具体如何确定多个目标传输资源,进行详细说明。Next, there are two indication methods for the first indication information to indicate whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; and under different indication methods, how the terminal equipment and the network equipment specifically determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH, and how the terminal equipment and the network equipment specifically determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. How to determine multiple target transmission resources is explained in detail.
在一种实施方式中,网络设备可以通过该第一指示信息显式指示终端设备是否进行PRACH的重复传输。In an implementation manner, the network device may explicitly instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH through the first indication information.
这种实施方式中,该第一指示信息的长度可以为1bit。In this implementation manner, the length of the first indication information may be 1 bit.
在网络设备侧指示终端设备是否进行PRACH的重复传输的方式,可以是,所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值的情况下,用于指示终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输;和/或,所述第一指示信息的取值为第二指定值的情况下,用于指示终端设备不进行PRACH的重复传输。相应的,所述终端设备基于该第一指示信息确定是否进行PRACH的重复传输的方式,具体可以包括:所述终端设备在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输;和/或,所述终端设备在所述第一指示信息的取值为第二指定值的情况下,确定不进行PRACH的重复传输。The way for the network device side to instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH may be to instruct the terminal device to perform repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value; and/ Or, when the value of the first indication information is the second specified value, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment not to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH. Correspondingly, the method for the terminal device to determine whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the first indication information may specifically include: when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, the terminal device: Determine to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; and/or, the terminal device determines not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a second specified value.
其中,所述第一指示值与所述第二指定值不同,该第一指定值以及第二指定值可以为预先配置的。比如,所述第一指定值可以为0,第二指定值可以为1;或者,所述第一指定值可以为1,第二指定值可以为0;或者,还可以设置其他第一指定值或其他第二指定值,只要第一指定值与第二指定值不同,就均在本实施例保护范围内。Wherein, the first indication value is different from the second specified value, and the first specified value and the second specified value may be preconfigured. For example, the first specified value can be 0 and the second specified value can be 1; or the first specified value can be 1 and the second specified value can be 0; or other first specified values can also be set. or other second specified values. As long as the first specified value and the second specified value are different, they are all within the protection scope of this embodiment.
基于前述实施例,根据该显式指示的第一指示信息可以确定终端设备是否进行PRACH的重复传输。 在根据该显式指示的第一指示信息可以确定进行PRACH的重复传输情况下,终端设备和网络设备还需要确定PRACH的重复传输次数。在网络设备或终端设备侧,该PRACH的重复传输次数,与第一参数相关,其中,所述第一参数用于表示一个传输资源关联的SSB的数量。Based on the foregoing embodiments, whether the terminal device performs repeated transmission of PRACH can be determined according to the first indication information of the explicit indication. In the case where it can be determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH according to the first indication information of the explicit indication, the terminal device and the network device also need to determine the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH. On the network device or terminal device side, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is related to the first parameter, where the first parameter is used to represent the number of SSBs associated with one transmission resource.
具体的,该第一参数可以为前述实施例的SSB_per_RO。该SSB_per_RO在系统中配置时可以表示为ssb-perRACH-Occasion,具体可以是以下信息中任意之一携带的:由高层配置的参数携带,该高层配置的参数具体可以是ssb-perRACH-OccasionAndCB-PreamblesPerSSB(一个RO关联的SSB的数量,和每个SSB在每个有效RO上基于竞争的preamble数);由两步随机接入中msgA携带,该msgA具体携带的参数可以表示为msgA-SSB-PerRACH-OccasionAndCB-PreamblesSSB(msgA中的一个RO关联的SSB的数量,和每个SSB在每个有效RO上基于竞争的preamble数);基于非竞争的随机接入(CFRA,Contention Free Rach Access)的配置消息中携带的ssb-perRACH-Occasion;CFRA的配置消息中携带的ssb-PerRACH-OccasionTwoStepRA(2步随机接入);SI(系统消息,System Information)-RequestConfig(请求配置)中携带的ssb-perRACH-Occasion;BeamFailureRecoberyConfig(波束失败恢复配置)中携带的ssb-perRACH-Occasion。Specifically, the first parameter may be SSB_per_RO in the previous embodiment. The SSB_per_RO can be expressed as ssb-perRACH-Occasion when configured in the system. Specifically, it can be carried by any one of the following information: carried by high-level configuration parameters. Specifically, the high-level configuration parameters can be ssb-perRACH-OccasionAndCB-PreamblesPerSSB. (The number of SSBs associated with an RO, and the number of competition-based preambles for each SSB on each effective RO); carried by msgA in two-step random access, the specific parameters carried by msgA can be expressed as msgA-SSB-PerRACH -OccasionAndCB-PreamblesSSB (the number of SSBs associated with a RO in msgA, and the number of competition-based preambles for each SSB on each valid RO); configuration based on non-contention random access (CFRA, Contention Free Rach Access) ssb-perRACH-Occasion carried in the message; ssb-PerRACH-OccasionTwoStepRA (2-step random access) carried in the CFRA configuration message; ssb-perRACH carried in SI (System Information)-RequestConfig (request configuration) -Occasion; ssb-perRACH-Occasion carried in BeamFailureRecoberyConfig (beam failure recovery configuration).
该第一参数可以为正数,比如该第一参数可以小于1,或者可以不小于1。在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,在一个映射循环内的任意一个传输资源关联SSB的数量不小于1;也就是,在一个映射循环内,一个SSB或多个SSB可以映射至一个传输资源。在第一参数小于1的情况下,在一个映射循环内的任意一个传输资源关联SSB的数量小于1,也就是在一个映射循环内一个SSB可以映射至多个传输资源。The first parameter may be a positive number, for example, the first parameter may be less than 1, or may not be less than 1. In the case where the first parameter is not less than 1, the number of SSBs associated with any transmission resource within a mapping cycle is not less than 1; that is, within a mapping cycle, one SSB or multiple SSBs can be mapped to one Transport resources. When the first parameter is less than 1, the number of SSBs associated with any transmission resource in one mapping cycle is less than 1, that is, one SSB can be mapped to multiple transmission resources in one mapping cycle.
前述映射循环,可以包括:多个SSB映射的传输资源。所述多个SSB中包含第一SSB。The aforementioned mapping cycle may include: transmission resources mapped by multiple SSBs. The plurality of SSBs includes a first SSB.
所述多个SSB可以指的是全部SSB(可以是配置的所有SSB,或者是在通信中实际使用的所有SSB),即系统中的全部SSB;相应的,一个映射循环可以包含全部SSB映射的全部传输资源,该全部传输资源中每个传输资源用于映射一个或多个SSB。The multiple SSBs may refer to all SSBs (which may be all configured SSBs, or all SSBs actually used in communication), that is, all SSBs in the system; correspondingly, a mapping cycle may include all SSB mappings All transmission resources, each of which is used to map one or more SSBs.
应理解的是,一个映射循环所包含的传输资源的数量,与全部SSB的数量以及前述第一参数相关。具体的,一个映射循环所包含的传输资源的数量的确定方式可以为:第一参数的倒数与全部SSB的数量的乘积。结合图4举例来说,图4中的402部分第一参数即SSB_per_RO=1/2,1个SSB映射至连续的2个RO,全部SSB的数量等于8,则一个映射循环中可以包含16个RO。图4中的403部分,SSB_per_RO=1,每个RO用于映射1个SSB,全部SSB的数量等于8,则一个映射循环中可以包含8个RO。图4中的404部分,SSB_per_RO=2,每个RO用于映射2个SSB,全部SSB的数量等于8,则一个映射循环中可以包含4个RO。以上仅为示例性说明,不对全部可能的情况做穷举。需要指出的是,在一个映射循环中,RO的排列可以在频域上按照从低频到高频排列,在时域上按照时间先后排列,结合图4来说,在一个映射循环中,RO的排列可以是从下到上、从左到右。It should be understood that the number of transmission resources included in a mapping cycle is related to the number of all SSBs and the aforementioned first parameter. Specifically, the number of transmission resources included in a mapping cycle may be determined by: the product of the reciprocal of the first parameter and the number of all SSBs. Taking Figure 4 as an example, the first parameter of part 402 in Figure 4 is SSB_per_RO=1/2, 1 SSB is mapped to 2 consecutive ROs, and the number of all SSBs is equal to 8, then a mapping cycle can contain 16 RO. Part 403 in Figure 4, SSB_per_RO=1, each RO is used to map 1 SSB, and the number of all SSBs is equal to 8, then a mapping cycle can contain 8 ROs. Part 404 in Figure 4, SSB_per_RO=2, each RO is used to map 2 SSBs, and the number of all SSBs is equal to 8, then a mapping cycle can contain 4 ROs. The above is only an illustrative description and does not exhaust all possible situations. It should be pointed out that in a mapping cycle, the arrangement of RO can be arranged from low frequency to high frequency in the frequency domain, and arranged in time order in the time domain. Combined with Figure 4, in a mapping cycle, the arrangement of RO Arrangement can be from bottom to top or left to right.
所述第一SSB为所述终端设备使用的SSB,所述第一SSB为基于第四指示信息确定的,所述第四指示信息由第一DCI携带。这里,所述第四指示信息,可以是由网络设备发送至所述终端设备的,具体的:所述网络设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于所述终端设备确定第一SSB,所述第一SSB为所述终端设备使用的SSB;所述第四指示信息由第一DCI携带。相应的,所述终端设备接收所述第四指示信息,基于所述第四指示信息确定自身使用的SSB,将所述自身使用的SSB作为所述第一SSB。The first SSB is the SSB used by the terminal device, and the first SSB is determined based on fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is carried by the first DCI. Here, the fourth instruction information may be sent by the network device to the terminal device. Specifically, the network device sends the fourth instruction information, and the fourth instruction information is used by the terminal device to determine the first SSB, the first SSB is the SSB used by the terminal device; the fourth indication information is carried by the first DCI. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fourth indication information, determines the SSB used by itself based on the fourth indication information, and uses the SSB used by itself as the first SSB.
关于该第一DCI的定义在前述实施例已经说明,这里不做赘述。该第四指示信息,可以是前述第一DCI中Field 5携带的SS/PBCH index。该SS/PBCH index的相关说明与前述实施例相同,这里不做赘述。The definition of the first DCI has been explained in the foregoing embodiments and will not be repeated here. The fourth indication information may be the SS/PBCH index carried by Field 5 in the first DCI. The relevant description of the SS/PBCH index is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be described again here.
下面可以分别以第一参数小于1和第一参数不小于1两种情况进行说明。The following can be described in two cases: the first parameter is less than 1 and the first parameter is not less than 1.
在一些可能的实施方式中,第一参数不小于1。In some possible implementations, the first parameter is not less than 1.
在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,可以为以下之一:等于所述第一参数;等于第一预设值。When the first parameter is not less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH may be one of the following: equal to the first parameter; equal to the first preset value.
一种示例中,在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于第一参数。In an example, when the first parameter is not less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the first parameter.
当第一参数等于1的情况下,终端设备可以确定PRACH的重复传输次数可以等于1,也就是可以确定此时不进行PRACH的重复传输。由于第一参数为网络设备为终端设备配置的,因此网络设备可以预先得知该第一参数是否等于1,若第一参数等于1,则可以确定终端设备此时不进行PRACH的重复传输。When the first parameter is equal to 1, the terminal device can determine that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH can be equal to 1, that is, it can determine that repeated transmission of PRACH is not performed at this time. Since the first parameter is configured by the network device for the terminal device, the network device can know in advance whether the first parameter is equal to 1. If the first parameter is equal to 1, it can be determined that the terminal device will not perform repeated transmission of PRACH at this time.
当第一参数大于1的情况下,终端设备可以确定PRACH的重复传输次数等于该第一参数。由于第一参数为网络设备为终端设备配置的,因此网络设备可以预先得知该第一参数是否大于1,若第一参数大于1,则网络设备可以确定PRACH的重复传输次数等于该第一参数。举例来说,第一参数为4,则 此时终端设备以及网络设备分别可以确定PRACH的重复传输次数可以等于4次。When the first parameter is greater than 1, the terminal device may determine that the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the first parameter. Since the first parameter is configured by the network device for the terminal device, the network device can know in advance whether the first parameter is greater than 1. If the first parameter is greater than 1, the network device can determine that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to the first parameter. . For example, if the first parameter is 4, then the terminal device and the network device can respectively determine that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH can be equal to 4 times.
一种示例中,在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于第一预设值。In one example, when the first parameter is not less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the first preset value.
该第一预设值可以为根据实际情况设置的,该第一预设值可以为4、8,或可以更多或更少,这里不对其进行穷举。该第一预设值可以是终端设备以及网络设备双方均预先配置的,或者可以是网络设备预先发送至终端设备的,这里不对该第一预设值的设置方式进行限定,只要终端设备和网络设备双方均设置有相同的第一预设值,就均在本实施例的保护范围内。本示例中,终端设备以及网络设备分别得知第一参数大于或等于1,则终端设备以及网络设备分别可以确定PRACH的重复传输次数可以等于该第一预设值。The first preset value may be set according to actual conditions, and the first preset value may be 4, 8, or more or less, and is not exhaustive here. The first preset value may be preconfigured by both the terminal device and the network device, or may be sent by the network device to the terminal device in advance. The setting method of the first preset value is not limited here, as long as the terminal device and the network Both devices are set with the same first preset value, which is within the protection scope of this embodiment. In this example, if the terminal device and the network device respectively learn that the first parameter is greater than or equal to 1, then the terminal device and the network device can respectively determine that the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH can be equal to the first preset value.
再一种示例中,在第一参数等于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数为所述第一预设值;在第一参数大于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数为所述第一参数和第一预设值中的最大值;或者,在第一参数大于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数为所述第一参数和第一预设值中的最小值;或者,在第一参数不小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数为所述第一参数和第一预设值中不等于1的值。采用以上哪种方式确定PRACH的重复传输次数,可以是终端设备和网络设备预先确定的。In another example, when the first parameter is equal to 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is the first preset value; when the first parameter is greater than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is The maximum value of the first parameter and the first preset value; or, if the first parameter is greater than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is the minimum of the first parameter and the first preset value. value; or, if the first parameter is not less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is a value that is not equal to 1 among the first parameter and the first preset value. Which of the above methods is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH can be predetermined by the terminal equipment and the network equipment.
需要说明的是,上述第一参数不小于1的几种示例在实际使用的时候,可以指定使用其中任意之一,或终端设备与网络设备协商使用其中任意之一。只要终端设备与网络设备确定PRACH的重复传输次数的方式为相同的,就均在本实施例的保护范围内。It should be noted that when the above-mentioned examples in which the first parameter is not less than 1 are actually used, any one of them can be specified to be used, or the terminal device and the network device can negotiate to use any one of them. As long as the terminal device and the network device determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH in the same way, both are within the protection scope of this embodiment.
在一种可能的实施方式中,在第一参数不小于1的时候,所述终端设备和所述网络设备还分别可以确定用于重复传输PRACH的多个目标传输资源。In a possible implementation, when the first parameter is not less than 1, the terminal device and the network device may also respectively determine multiple target transmission resources for repeated transmission of PRACH.
上述多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源,可以为:第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源。The starting target transmission resource of the above multiple target transmission resources may be: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first mapping cycle The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
所述第一个映射循环可以指的是终端设备在进入随机接入过程后的第一个映射循环;关于映射循环的定义在前述实施例已经说明,这里不做重复说明。The first mapping cycle may refer to the first mapping cycle after the terminal device enters the random access process; the definition of the mapping cycle has been explained in the foregoing embodiments and will not be repeated here.
在本实施方式中,由于第一参数不小于1,因此在一个映射循环中一个SSB仅映射到一个传输资源,因此,在本示例中,第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源,可以为:该第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的唯一的一个可用传输资源。In this implementation, since the first parameter is not less than 1, one SSB is only mapped to one transmission resource in one mapping cycle. Therefore, in this example, the first SSB associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle An available transmission resource may be: the only available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle.
该第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的唯一的一个可用传输资源,可以是根据第一参数以及第一SSB的索引号确定的。具体的,在第一参数不小于1的情况下,基于所述第一参数确定一个传输资源关联的SSB的数量;基于一个传输资源关联的SSB的数量,确定一个映射循环内每个SSB关联的传输资源;基于第一SSB的索引号、以及一个映射循环内每个SSB关联的传输资源,确定该第一SSB关联的可用传输资源。比如,在一个映射循环内,第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为该索引号减一,乘以每个SSB关联的传输资源的数量后加一位置处的传输资源,若该第一SSB关联的传输资源为2个,则第一SSB关联该第一个可用传输资源及其之后的一个传输资源。比如,第一SSB的索引号为1,一个映射循环内每个SSB关联的传输资源数量为2个,则第一SSB关联的可用传输资源为第1个和第2个传输资源。The only available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle may be determined based on the first parameter and the index number of the first SSB. Specifically, when the first parameter is not less than 1, the number of SSBs associated with a transmission resource is determined based on the first parameter; based on the number of SSBs associated with a transmission resource, the number of SSBs associated with each SSB in a mapping cycle is determined. Transmission resources: Based on the index number of the first SSB and the transmission resources associated with each SSB in a mapping cycle, the available transmission resources associated with the first SSB are determined. For example, within a mapping cycle, the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the index number minus one, multiplied by the number of transmission resources associated with each SSB and then plus the transmission resource at the location. If the first There are two transmission resources associated with the SSB, and the first SSB is associated with the first available transmission resource and the subsequent transmission resource. For example, the index number of the first SSB is 1, and the number of transmission resources associated with each SSB in a mapping cycle is 2, then the available transmission resources associated with the first SSB are the first and second transmission resources.
结合图8的801部分举例来说,全部SSB为8个,SSB_per_RO=8,也就是一个RO可以映射8个SSB,则全部SSB均映射到同一个RO,每一个RO即为一个映射循环;假设第一SSB的索引号为6,RO 8011为第一个映射循环,则该所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用RO即RO 8011。结合图8的802部分举例来说,全部SSB为8个,SSB_per_RO=2,也就是一个RO可以映射2个SSB,则一个映射循环包含一个时域位置处的4个RO,比如图8中的8021指示为一个映射循环;假设第一SSB的索引号为6,且映射循环8021为第一个映射循环,则RO 8022为第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源。以上仅为示例性说明,不对全部可能的情况进行穷举。Taking the 801 part of Figure 8 as an example, the total number of SSBs is 8, SSB_per_RO=8, that is, one RO can map 8 SSBs, then all SSBs are mapped to the same RO, and each RO is a mapping cycle; Assume The index number of the first SSB is 6, and RO 8011 is the first mapping cycle, then the first available RO associated with the first SSB is RO 8011. Taking the 802 part of Figure 8 as an example, the total number of SSBs is 8, SSB_per_RO=2, that is, one RO can map 2 SSBs, then a mapping cycle contains 4 ROs at a time domain position, such as in Figure 8 8021 indicates a mapping cycle; assuming that the index number of the first SSB is 6, and mapping cycle 8021 is the first mapping cycle, RO 8022 is the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB. The above descriptions are only illustrative and do not exhaust all possible situations.
在确定了起始目标传输资源之后,可以使用以下两种方式确定所述多个目标传输资源:After determining the starting target transmission resource, the following two methods may be used to determine the multiple target transmission resources:
第一种方式、在第一参数不小于1的情况下,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源。需要指出,上述一个或多个映射循环为连续的一个或多个映射循环。这里,所述一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源,除了前述起始目标传输资源之外,无论多个传输资源是否与所述第一SSB关联,都可以用于进行PRACH的重复传输。In the first way, when the first parameter is not less than 1, the multiple target transmission resources include: multiple transmission resources that are continuous within one or more mapping cycles. It should be noted that the above one or more mapping cycles are one or more consecutive mapping cycles. Here, multiple consecutive transmission resources within the one or more mapping cycles, in addition to the aforementioned starting target transmission resource, regardless of whether the multiple transmission resources are associated with the first SSB, can be used to repeat PRACH. transmission.
由于前述已经说明,所述多个目标传输资源的数量与前述PRACH的重复传输次数相同,因此,在终端设备和网络设备分别确定了起始目标传输资源之后,均可以根据PRACH的重复传输次数,确定起始目标传输资源之后的连续的多个传输资源的数量。假设PRACH的重复传输次数为4,在确定了起始目标传输资源后,将该起始目标传输资源、及其之后的连续的3个传输资源,均作为所述多个目标传输 资源。As mentioned above, the number of the plurality of target transmission resources is the same as the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. Therefore, after the terminal device and the network device respectively determine the initial target transmission resources, they can both determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH according to the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. Determine the number of consecutive multiple transmission resources after the initial target transmission resource. Assume that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is 4. After the initial target transmission resource is determined, the initial target transmission resource and the subsequent three consecutive transmission resources are used as the multiple target transmission resources.
结合图9的901部分举例来说,SSB_per_RO=1,一个映射循环中包含8个RO,PRACH的重复传输次数等于8,第一SSB为SSB1,多个目标RO的起始目标RO,可以为:SSB1关联的第一个可用RO,即图9中的RO 9011;该多个目标RO 9012包含:第1个映射循环内,该起始目标RO起以及其后连续的7个RO。结合图9的902部分举例来说,SSB_per_RO=2,一个映射循环中包含4个RO,PRACH的重复传输次数等于8,第一SSB为SSB 5,多个目标RO的起始目标RO,可以为:SSB 5关联的第一个可用RO,即图9中的RO 9021;该多个目标RO 9022包含:第1个映射循环内,该起始目标RO起以及其后连续的7个RO。以上仅为示例性说明,不对全部可能的情况进行穷举。Taking part 901 of Figure 9 as an example, SSB_per_RO=1, a mapping cycle contains 8 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 8, the first SSB is SSB1, and the starting target RO of multiple target ROs can be: The first available RO associated with SSB1 is RO 9011 in Figure 9; the multiple target ROs 9012 include: within the first mapping cycle, the starting target RO and the subsequent 7 consecutive ROs. Taking part 902 of Figure 9 as an example, SSB_per_RO=2, a mapping cycle contains 4 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 8, the first SSB is SSB 5, and the starting target RO of multiple target ROs can be : The first available RO associated with SSB 5, which is RO 9021 in Figure 9; the multiple target ROs 9022 include: within the first mapping cycle, starting from the starting target RO and the subsequent 7 consecutive ROs. The above descriptions are only illustrative and do not exhaust all possible situations.
第二种方式、所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环中每个映射循环内,第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源。其中,所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,包括:所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源。The second way, the plurality of target transmission resources includes: within each mapping cycle in one or more mapping cycles, the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB. The second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
由于前述已经说明,所述多个目标传输资源的数量与前述PRACH的重复传输次数相同,并且在第一参数大于或等于1的情况下,一个映射循环中仅有一个传输资源为第一SSB关联的可用传输资源。因此,在终端设备和网络设备分别确定了起始目标传输资源之后,均可以根据PRACH的重复传输次数,确定起始目标传输资源之后的第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源的数量。假设PRACH的重复传输次数为4,在确定了起始目标传输资源后,将该起始目标传输资源、及其之后的连续的3个映射循环中的第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,均作为所述多个目标传输资源。As has been explained above, the number of the multiple target transmission resources is the same as the number of repeated transmissions of the aforementioned PRACH, and when the first parameter is greater than or equal to 1, only one transmission resource in a mapping cycle is associated with the first SSB available transmission resources. Therefore, after the terminal device and the network device respectively determine the starting target transmission resource, both can determine the number of second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB after the starting target transmission resource according to the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. Assume that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is 4. After the starting target transmission resource is determined, the starting target transmission resource and the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the subsequent three consecutive mapping cycles, are used as the multiple target transmission resources.
结合图10的1010部分举例来说,SSB_per_RO=2,一个映射循环中包含4个RO,PRACH的重复传输次数等于4,第一SSB的索引号为5即SSB 5,SSB 5关联的第二可用传输资源可以为一个映射循环内的第3个RO;则多个目标RO中的起始目标RO为第一个映射循环内的第3个RO 1011,该多个目标RO 1012,包含:自第1个映射循环中的该起始目标RO起(含起始目标RO),第2个映射循环中的第3个RO、第3个映射循环中的第3个RO以及第4个映射循环内中的第3个RO。结合图10的1020部分举例来说,SSB_per_RO=8,一个映射循环中仅包含1个RO,PRACH的重复传输次数等于8,第一SSB的索引号为1即SSB 1,SSB 1关联的第二可用传输资源为一个映射循环内的该唯一的1个RO;则所述多个目标RO中的起始目标RO为第一个映射循环内的RO 1021,该多个目标RO 1022包含:第1个映射循环~第8个映射循环中的8个RO。以上仅为示例性说明,不对全部可能的情况进行穷举。Taking the 1010 part of Figure 10 as an example, SSB_per_RO=2, a mapping cycle contains 4 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 4, the index number of the first SSB is 5, which is SSB 5, and the second available associated with SSB 5 The transmission resource can be the third RO in a mapping cycle; then the starting target RO among the multiple target ROs is the third RO 1011 in the first mapping cycle. The multiple target ROs 1012 include: from the Starting from the starting target RO in 1 mapping cycle (including starting target RO), the 3rd RO in the 2nd mapping cycle, the 3rd RO in the 3rd mapping cycle and within the 4th mapping cycle The 3rd RO in . Taking the 1020 part of Figure 10 as an example, SSB_per_RO=8, a mapping cycle only contains 1 RO, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 8, the index number of the first SSB is 1, that is, SSB 1, and the second one associated with SSB 1 The available transmission resource is the only one RO in a mapping cycle; then the starting target RO among the multiple target ROs is RO 1021 in the first mapping cycle, and the multiple target ROs 1022 include: 1st mapping cycle ~ 8 ROs in the 8th mapping cycle. The above descriptions are only illustrative and do not exhaust all possible situations.
在一些可能的实施方式中,第一参数小于1。In some possible implementations, the first parameter is less than 1.
在第一参数小于1的场景中,可以不结合第二指示信息的取值确定PRACH的重复传输次数。In a scenario where the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH may not be determined in combination with the value of the second indication information.
在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一参数的倒数;等于第二预设值。When the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter; equal to the second preset value.
在一种示例中,第一参数小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于第一参数的倒数。In an example, when the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter.
又一种示例中,第一参数小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于第二预设值。该第二预设值可以为根据实际情况设置的,可以为2、4、8,或更大或更小,这里不对其进行穷举。In another example, when the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the second preset value. The second preset value can be set according to the actual situation, and can be 2, 4, 8, or larger or smaller, which are not exhaustive here.
这里,所述第二预设值与前述第一预设值的取值,可以相同也可以不同,均在本实施例的保护范围内。应理解的是,在终端设备和网络设备均需要预先设置该第二预设值。比如,可以是管理人员分别在终端设备和网络设备进行该第二预设值的配置;又比如,可以是网络设备根据协议确定该第二预设值后,通过系统广播或其他信息发送至终端设备,使得该终端设备可以预先获取并保存该第二预设值。Here, the values of the second preset value and the aforementioned first preset value may be the same or different, and both are within the protection scope of this embodiment. It should be understood that the second preset value needs to be set in advance on both the terminal device and the network device. For example, the administrator may configure the second preset value on the terminal device and the network device respectively; for another example, the network device may determine the second preset value according to the protocol and then send it to the terminal through system broadcast or other information. device, so that the terminal device can obtain and save the second preset value in advance.
再一种示例中,在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于所述第一参数的倒数与所述第二预设值中的最小值。还需要说明的是,在一些情况中,终端设备和网络设备还可以是将第一参数的倒数与第二预设值中的最大值,作为PRACH的重复传输次数。In another example, when the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the minimum value of the reciprocal of the first parameter and the second preset value. It should also be noted that in some cases, the terminal device and the network device may also use the maximum value of the reciprocal of the first parameter and the second preset value as the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
需要说明的是,上述第一参数小于1的几种示例在实际使用的时候,可以预先在终端设备和网络设备分别指定或协商确定好使用其中任意之一。只要终端设备与网络设备确定PRACH的重复传输次数的方式相同,就均在本实施例的保护范围内。It should be noted that when the above-mentioned examples in which the first parameter is less than 1 are actually used, any one of them can be specified in advance or negotiated between the terminal device and the network device. As long as the terminal device and the network device determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH in the same way, both are within the protection scope of this embodiment.
在一些可能的实施方式中,在该第一参数小于1且不结合第二指示信息的取值的情况下,所述终端设备和所述网络设备还分别可以确定用于重复传输PRACH的多个目标传输资源。In some possible implementations, when the first parameter is less than 1 and is not combined with the value of the second indication information, the terminal device and the network device may respectively determine multiple parameters for repeated transmission of the PRACH. Target transport resources.
上述多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源,可以为:第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源。所述第一个映射循环的定义和所述映射循环的定义,与前述实施例相同,不做赘述。The starting target transmission resource of the above multiple target transmission resources may be: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first mapping cycle The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB. The definition of the first mapping cycle and the definition of the mapping cycle are the same as those in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again.
由于本实施例为第一参数小于1的场景,因此在一个映射循环内,该第一SSB关联的可用传输资源的数量可以为多个。一个映射循环内该第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源,可以是根据第一参数以及第一SSB的索引号确定的;具体的,在第一参数小于1的情况下,基于所述第一参数确定一 个SSB关联的传输资源的数量;基于一个SSB关联的传输资源的数量,确定一个映射循环内每个SSB关联的多个可用传输资源;基于第一SSB的索引号、以及一个映射循环内每个SSB关联的多个可用传输资源,确定该第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源。Since this embodiment is a scenario where the first parameter is less than 1, within one mapping cycle, the number of available transmission resources associated with the first SSB may be multiple. One or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle may be determined based on the first parameter and the index number of the first SSB; specifically, when the first parameter is less than 1, based on the The first parameter determines the number of transmission resources associated with an SSB; based on the number of transmission resources associated with an SSB, determines multiple available transmission resources associated with each SSB within a mapping cycle; based on the index number of the first SSB, and a mapping Multiple available transmission resources associated with each SSB in the cycle determine one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
结合图11的1110部分举例来说,全部SSB为8个,SSB_per_RO=1/2,则一个RO可以映射1/2个SSB,也就是1个SSB映射到2个RO;假设第一SSB的索引号为1即SSB 1,则第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源为映射循环内的第1个和第2个RO;SSB 1关联的第一个可用RO为:第一个映射循环1111内SSB 1关联的第一个可用RO 1112。这里,一个映射循环内RO的排列为频域上按照从低频到高频且时域上按照时间先后排序,也就是先从时间最早的时域位置上的频域从低到高排列RO,然后下一个时域位置上的频域从低到高排列RO,以此类推,不做赘述。Taking part 1110 of Figure 11 as an example, the total number of SSBs is 8, SSB_per_RO=1/2, then one RO can map 1/2 SSBs, that is, 1 SSB is mapped to 2 ROs; assuming the index of the first SSB If the number is 1, that is, SSB 1, then the one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB are the first and second ROs within the mapping cycle; the first available RO associated with SSB 1 is: the first mapping cycle The first available RO 1112 associated with SSB 1 within 1111. Here, the arrangement of ROs within a mapping cycle is from low frequency to high frequency in the frequency domain and in time order in the time domain. That is, the ROs are arranged from low to high in the frequency domain at the earliest time domain position, and then The frequency domain at the next time domain position arranges RO from low to high, and so on, without going into details.
结合图11的1120部分举例来说,全部SSB为8个,SSB_per_RO=1/4,则一个RO可以映射1/4个SSB,也就是1个SSB映射到4个RO;假设第一SSB的索引号为2即SSB 2,则SSB 2关联的多个可用传输资源为一个映射循环内的第5个RO至第8个RO,即在SSB1关联的4个RO之后的4个RO。SSB 2关联的第一个可用RO为:第一个映射循环1121内SSB 2关联的第一个可用RO 1122。Taking part 1120 of Figure 11 as an example, the total number of SSBs is 8, SSB_per_RO=1/4, then one RO can map 1/4 SSBs, that is, 1 SSB is mapped to 4 ROs; assuming the index of the first SSB The number is 2, which is SSB 2. Then the multiple available transmission resources associated with SSB 2 are the 5th RO to the 8th RO within a mapping cycle, that is, the 4 ROs after the 4 ROs associated with SSB1. The first available RO associated with SSB 2 is: The first available RO associated with SSB 2 within the first mapping cycle 1121.
在确定了前述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源之后,可以将在第一个映射循环内,该第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源中的第一个可用传输资源,作为所述起始目标传输资源。After determining one or more available transmission resources associated with the aforementioned first SSB, the first available transmission resource among the one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB may be used in the first mapping cycle, As the starting target transmission resource.
在确定了起始目标传输资源之后,可以在不使用第二指示信息的情况下,使用以下两种方式确定所述多个目标传输资源:After the initial target transmission resource is determined, the following two methods may be used to determine the multiple target transmission resources without using the second indication information:
第一种方式、在第一参数小于1的情况下,所述多个目标传输资源,包括在一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源。这里,所述一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源,除了前述起始目标传输资源之外,无论多个传输资源是否与所述第一SSB关联,都可以用于进行PRACH的重复传输。In a first manner, when the first parameter is less than 1, the multiple target transmission resources include multiple transmission resources that are continuous within one or more mapping cycles. Here, multiple consecutive transmission resources within the one or more mapping cycles, in addition to the aforementioned starting target transmission resource, regardless of whether the multiple transmission resources are associated with the first SSB, can be used to repeat PRACH. transmission.
由于前述已经说明,所述多个目标传输资源的数量与前述PRACH的重复传输次数相同,因此,在终端设备和网络设备分别确定了起始目标传输资源之后,均可以根据PRACH的重复传输次数,确定起始目标传输资源之后的连续的多个传输资源的数量。假设PRACH的重复传输次数为8,在确定了起始目标传输资源后,将该起始目标传输资源、及其之后的连续的7个传输资源,均作为所述多个目标传输资源。As mentioned above, the number of the plurality of target transmission resources is the same as the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. Therefore, after the terminal device and the network device respectively determine the initial target transmission resources, they can both determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH according to the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. Determine the number of consecutive multiple transmission resources after the initial target transmission resource. Assume that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is 8. After the initial target transmission resource is determined, the initial target transmission resource and the subsequent 7 consecutive transmission resources are used as the multiple target transmission resources.
结合图12的1210部分举例来说,SSB_per_RO=1/2,一个映射循环中包含16个RO,PRACH的重复传输次数等于4,第一SSB为SSB1,多个目标RO的起始目标RO,可以为:SSB1关联的第一个可用RO,即图12中的RO 1211;该多个目标RO 1212包含:第1个映射循环内,该起始目标RO起以及其后连续的3个RO。结合图12的1220部分举例来说,SSB_per_RO=1/4,一个映射循环中包含32个RO,PRACH的重复传输次数等于8,第一SSB为SSB2,多个目标RO的起始目标RO,可以为:SSB2关联的第一个可用RO,即图12中的RO 1221;该多个目标RO 1222包含:第1个映射循环内,该起始目标RO起以及其后连续的7个RO。以上仅为示例性说明,不对全部可能的情况进行穷举。Taking part 1210 of Figure 12 as an example, SSB_per_RO=1/2, a mapping cycle contains 16 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 4, the first SSB is SSB1, and the starting target RO of multiple target ROs can be is: the first available RO associated with SSB1, which is RO 1211 in Figure 12; the multiple target ROs 1212 include: within the first mapping cycle, the starting target RO and the following three consecutive ROs. Taking part 1220 of Figure 12 as an example, SSB_per_RO=1/4, a mapping cycle contains 32 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 8, the first SSB is SSB2, and the starting target RO of multiple target ROs can be is: the first available RO associated with SSB2, which is RO 1221 in Figure 12; the multiple target ROs 1222 include: within the first mapping cycle, starting from the starting target RO and the subsequent 7 consecutive ROs. The above descriptions are only illustrative and do not exhaust all possible situations.
第二种方式、所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环中每个映射循环内,第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源。其中,所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,包括:所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源。The second way, the plurality of target transmission resources includes: within each mapping cycle in one or more mapping cycles, the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB. The second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
由于前述已经说明,所述多个目标传输资源的数量与前述PRACH的重复传输次数相同,并且在第一参数小于1的情况下,一个映射循环中有多个可用传输资源为第一SSB关联的可用传输资源。因此,在终端设备和网络设备分别确定了起始目标传输资源之后,均可以根据PRACH的重复传输次数,确定起始目标传输资源之后的第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源的数量。假设PRACH的重复传输次数为4,在确定了起始目标传输资源后,将该起始目标传输资源、及其之后的连续的一个或多个映射循环中的第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,均作为所述多个目标传输资源。As has been explained above, the number of the multiple target transmission resources is the same as the number of repeated transmissions of the aforementioned PRACH, and when the first parameter is less than 1, there are multiple available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in one mapping cycle. Available transmission resources. Therefore, after the terminal device and the network device respectively determine the starting target transmission resource, both can determine the number of second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB after the starting target transmission resource according to the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. Assume that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is 4. After determining the starting target transmission resource, the starting target transmission resource and the second available transmission associated with the first SSB in one or more consecutive mapping cycles thereafter are resources are used as the multiple target transmission resources.
结合图13的1310部分举例来说,SSB_per_RO=1/2,一个映射循环中包含16个RO,PRACH的重复传输次数等于4,第一SSB为SSB1,第一SSB为SSB 1,SSB 1关联的第二可用传输资源为一个映射循环内的第1个RO~第2个RO;多个目标RO的起始目标RO,可以为:SSB1关联的第一个可用RO,即图13中的RO 1311;该多个目标RO 1312包含:第一个映射循环中的该第1个传输资源以及第2个传输资源,第二个映射循环中的第1个传输资源以及第2个传输资源。结合图13的1320部分举例来说,SSB_per_RO=1/4,一个映射循环中包含32个RO,PRACH的重复传输次数等于8,第一SSB为SSB 2,SSB 2关联的第二可用传输资源为一个映射循环内的第5个RO~第8个RO;则所述多个目标RO中的起始目标RO为第一个映射循环内的第5个RO 1321,该多个目标RO 1322包含:第一个映射循环中的该第5个RO~第8个RO,第二个映射循环中的第5个RO~第8个RO。Taking the 1310 part of Figure 13 as an example, SSB_per_RO=1/2, a mapping cycle contains 16 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 4, the first SSB is SSB1, the first SSB is SSB 1, and SSB 1 is associated The second available transmission resource is the first RO to the second RO within a mapping cycle; the starting target RO of multiple target ROs can be: the first available RO associated with SSB1, which is RO 1311 in Figure 13 ; The multiple target RO 1312 includes: the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource in the first mapping cycle, and the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource in the second mapping cycle. Taking the 1320 part of Figure 13 as an example, SSB_per_RO=1/4, a mapping cycle contains 32 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 8, the first SSB is SSB 2, and the second available transmission resource associated with SSB 2 is The 5th RO ~ 8th RO in a mapping cycle; then the starting target RO among the multiple target ROs is the 5th RO 1321 in the first mapping cycle, and the multiple target ROs 1322 include: The fifth RO to the eighth RO in the first mapping cycle, and the fifth RO to the eighth RO in the second mapping cycle.
在一种可能的实施方式中,在该第一参数小于1且结合第二指示信息的取值的情况下,所述终端设备和所述网络设备还分别可以确定用于重复传输PRACH的多个目标传输资源。In a possible implementation, when the first parameter is less than 1 and combined with the value of the second indication information, the terminal device and the network device may also determine multiple parameters for repeatedly transmitting the PRACH. Target transport resources.
上述多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源,可以为:第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为以下之一:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。The starting target transmission resource of the above multiple target transmission resources may be: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following: the first The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource within the first mapping cycle Specified transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
所述第一个映射循环的定义和所述映射循环的定义,与前述实施例相同,不做赘述。The definition of the first mapping cycle and the definition of the mapping cycle are the same as those in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again.
与前述实施例不同在于,本实施例中,进一步结合第二指示信息,确定第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源,即多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源。Different from the previous embodiment, in this embodiment, the second indication information is further combined to determine the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB, that is, the starting target transmission resource of multiple target transmission resources.
该第二指示信息可以由第一DCI携带;具体来说,所述第二指示信息,由第一DCI的第二指示信息域携带。所述第二指示信息,具体可以由第一DCI即DCI格式(format)1_0的第二指示信息域携带。其中,所述第二指示信息域即前述实施例图7中示意出的field 6;该第二指示信息具体为PRACH mask(掩码)index(索引号)。The second indication information may be carried by the first DCI; specifically, the second indication information is carried by the second indication information field of the first DCI. The second indication information may specifically be carried by the second indication information field of the first DCI, that is, DCI format (format) 1_0. Wherein, the second indication information field is field 6 illustrated in Figure 7 of the aforementioned embodiment; the second indication information is specifically PRACH mask (mask) index (index number).
该第二指示信息(即PRACH mask index)的取值用于确定基于非竞争的随机接入过程的PRACH资源位置。具体可以如表1所示:The value of the second indication information (ie, PRACH mask index) is used to determine the PRACH resource location of the non-contention-based random access process. The details can be shown in Table 1:
第二指示信息的取值The value of the second indication information SSB关联的可用传输资源Available transport resources associated with SSB
00 全部all
11 索引号为1的传输资源Transmission resource with index number 1
22 索引号为2的传输资源Transmission resource with index number 2
33 索引号为3的传输资源Transmission resource with index number 3
44 索引号为4的传输资源Transmission resource with index number 4
55 索引号为5的传输资源Transmission resource with index number 5
66 索引号为6的传输资源Transport resource with index number 6
77 索引号为7的传输资源Transport resource with index number 7
88 索引号为8的传输资源Transmission resource with index number 8
99 索引号为偶数的传输资源Transport resources with even index numbers
1010 索引号为奇数的传输资源Transmission resources with odd index numbers
表1Table 1
第二指示信息(即PRACH mask index)只在SSB_per_RO<1时,才进行使用。例如SSB_per_RO=1/8,则1个SSB映射到8个RO,如果第二指示信息(即PRACH mask index)=3,则选择PRACH occasion index 3(即索引号为3的传输资源)。这里,索引号所指示的传输资源与索引号定义为将0还是1作为最小值相关;比如将索引号为0定义为最小值,那么索引号为1的传输资源可以指的是一个映射循环内一个SSB关联的第2个传输资源,将索引号为1定义为最小值,那么索引号为1的传输资源可以指的是一个映射循环内一个SSB关联的第1个传输资源。PRACH mask index可以为0,这说明网络设备只为终端设备分配了preamble,但频域上的PRACH occasion还需UE自己选择。还需要说明的是,上述索引号还可以替换为排序,也就是索引号为1的传输资源可以替换为排序在第1个的传输资源,即用于指示某一个SSB关联的第1个传输资源;相应的,索引号为偶数的传输资源,可以替换为排序在偶数位的传输资源,比如某一个SSB关联4个传输资源,排序在偶数位的传输资源用于指示该SSB关联的第2个和第4个传输资源。上述表1中索引号为1的传输资源可以表示为“RO index 1”(RO的索引号1),关于其他索引号为2~8的传输资源的表示方式与前述类似,不做一一赘述。上述表1中索引号偶数的传输资源,可以表示为“every even RO”(全部偶数RO);上述表1中索引号奇数的传输资源,可以表示为“every odd RO”(全部奇数RO)。应理解,关于第二指示信息的取值除了上述表1示意出的0~10之外,还可以有其他保留取值,比如第二指示信息的取值还可以包括11~15这几个取值,这几个取值可以为保留取值,本实施例不对其进行限定。The second indication information (namely PRACH mask index) is only used when SSB_per_RO<1. For example, SSB_per_RO=1/8, then 1 SSB is mapped to 8 ROs. If the second indication information (ie, PRACH mask index)=3, select PRACH occasion index 3 (ie, the transmission resource with index number 3). Here, the transmission resource indicated by the index number is related to whether the index number is defined as 0 or 1 as the minimum value; for example, if the index number is 0, it is defined as the minimum value, then the transmission resource with index number 1 can refer to a mapping cycle. For the second transmission resource associated with an SSB, the index number 1 is defined as the minimum value. Then the transmission resource with the index number 1 can refer to the first transmission resource associated with an SSB within a mapping cycle. The PRACH mask index can be 0, which means that the network equipment only allocates preamble to the terminal device, but the PRACH occasion in the frequency domain still needs to be selected by the UE itself. It should also be noted that the above index number can also be replaced by sorting, that is, the transmission resource with index number 1 can be replaced by the transmission resource ranked first, that is, used to indicate the first transmission resource associated with a certain SSB ; Correspondingly, transmission resources with even index numbers can be replaced by transmission resources sorted in even digits. For example, a certain SSB is associated with 4 transmission resources, and the transmission resources sorted in even digits are used to indicate the second one associated with the SSB. and the 4th transmission resource. The transmission resource with index number 1 in the above Table 1 can be expressed as "RO index 1" (RO index number 1). The expression method for other transmission resources with index numbers 2 to 8 is similar to the above, and will not be described one by one. . The transmission resources with even index numbers in the above Table 1 can be expressed as "every even RO" (all even ROs); the transmission resources with odd index numbers in the above Table 1 can be expressed as "every odd RO" (all odd ROs). It should be understood that in addition to the values 0 to 10 shown in Table 1 above, the values of the second indication information may also have other reserved values. For example, the values of the second indication information may also include the values 11 to 15. These values may be reserved values, which are not limited in this embodiment.
在第二指示信息的取值在不同范围的情况下,使用不同的方式确定所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源,分别来说:When the values of the second indication information are in different ranges, different methods are used to determine the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB, respectively:
第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,用于确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集。具体的,该第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,用于确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源。即所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源,为基于第二指示信息的取值确定的;所述第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内。前述第一取值范围可以为预先在网络设备以及终端设备设置的,该第一取值范围具体可以包括:0、9、10。If the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, it is used to determine a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB. Specifically, if the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, it is used to determine multiple available transmission resources in the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB. That is, the multiple available transmission resources in the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB are determined based on the value of the second indication information; the value of the second indication information is within the first value range. The aforementioned first value range may be set in advance on the network device and the terminal device, and the first value range may specifically include: 0, 9, and 10.
相应的,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源,为:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源。Correspondingly, the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle.
网络设备的处理可以包括:所述网络设备发送第二指示信息;所述第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,用于终端设备确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集。也就是,网络设备可以是预先确定终端设备在哪些可用传输资源上进行传输,然后确定第二指示信息的取值,再向该终端设备发送第二指示信息。若网络设备确定终端设备可以使用该第一SSB关联的全部可用传输资源作为传输资源子集,则第二指示信息的取值为0。若网络设备确定终端设备可以使用该第一SSB关联的全部可用传输资源中,索引号为偶数的可用传输资源,则设置第二指示信息的取值为9。若确定终端设备可以使用该第一SSB关联的全部可用传输资源中,索引号为奇数的可用传输资源,则设置第二指示信息的取值为10。可以看出,网络设备可以在发送第二指示信息之前,就已经确定了第一SSB关联的传输资源子集,进而可以直接将第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源,作为第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源。The processing by the network device may include: the network device sends second indication information; if the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, it is used by the terminal device to determine the transmission of the first SSB association Resource subset. That is, the network device may determine in advance which available transmission resources the terminal device uses to transmit, then determine the value of the second indication information, and then send the second indication information to the terminal device. If the network device determines that the terminal device can use all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB as a subset of transmission resources, the value of the second indication information is 0. If the network device determines that the terminal device can use available transmission resources with an even number among all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB, then the value of the second indication information is set to 9. If it is determined that the terminal device can use the available transmission resource with an odd index number among all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB, then the value of the second indication information is set to 10. It can be seen that the network device may have determined the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB before sending the second indication information, and may directly add the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle. The first available transmission resource is used as the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
终端设备确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集的方式可以包括:在第二指示信息的取值为0的情况下,确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集为:该第一SSB关联的全部可用传输资源。当第二指示信息的取值为9的情况下,可以确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集为:该第一SSB关联的全部可用传输资源中,索引号为偶数的可用传输资源。当第二指示信息的取值为10的情况下,可以确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集为:该第一SSB关联的全部可用传输资源中,索引号为奇数的可用传输资源。The way for the terminal device to determine the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB may include: when the value of the second indication information is 0, determine that the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB is: the first All available transmission resources associated with SSB. When the value of the second indication information is 9, it can be determined that the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB is: available transmission resources with an even number among all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB. When the value of the second indication information is 10, it can be determined that the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB is: available transmission resources with an odd index number among all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围内的情况下,用于确定所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。也就是说,所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源,为基于第二指示信息的取值确定的;所述第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围内。前述第二取值范围可以为预先在网络设备以及终端设备设置的,该第二取值范围具体可以包括:1~8。比如,终端设备和网络设备可以在第二指示信息的取值为1的情况下,确定所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源为索引号为1的传输资源。If the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, it is used to determine the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB. That is to say, the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB is determined based on the value of the second indication information; the value of the second indication information is within the second value range. The aforementioned second value range may be set in advance on the network device and the terminal device, and the second value range may specifically include: 1 to 8. For example, when the value of the second indication information is 1, the terminal device and the network device may determine that the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the transmission resource with an index number of 1.
一种情况中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源,为:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的一个指定传输资源。In one case, the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: a designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle.
相应的,网络设备的处理可以包括:所述网络设备发送第二指示信息;所述第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围内的情况下,用于终端设备确定所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。也就是说,网络设备可以预先得知终端设备使用的第一SSB关联的全部可用传输资源,若需要指示其中之一作为指定传输资源,则可以在该第二指示信息中携带该对应的取值。可以看出,网络设备可以在发送第二指示信息之前,就已经确定了第一SSB关联的指定传输资源,进而可以直接将第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源,作为第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源。Correspondingly, the processing of the network device may include: the network device sends second indication information; if the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, the terminal device determines the first SSB. The associated specified transport resource. That is to say, the network device can know in advance all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB used by the terminal device. If it is necessary to indicate one of them as a designated transmission resource, the corresponding value can be carried in the second indication information. . It can be seen that the network device may have determined the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB before sending the second indication information, and may directly use the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle as The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
又一种情况中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源,为:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源。In another case, the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle.
具体的,在所述第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围内的情况下,基于该第二指示信息的取值,确定指定传输资源;将该指定传输资源作为一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的结束可用传输资源,将一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源作为起始可用传输资源。进一步地,将第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源。Specifically, when the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, the designated transmission resource is determined based on the value of the second indication information; the designated transmission resource is used as a mapping cycle. The end available transmission resource of the first SSB association is the first available transmission resource of the first SSB association within a mapping cycle as the starting available transmission resource. Further, associate the first available transmission resource with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle.
相应的,网络设备的处理可以包括:所述网络设备发送第二指示信息;所述第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围内的情况下,用于终端设备确定所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。也就是说,网络设备可以预先得知终端设备使用的第一SSB关联的全部可用传输资源,若需要指示其中之一作为指定传输资源,则可以在该第二指示信息中携带该对应的取值。可以看出,网络设备可以在发送第二指示信息之前,就已经确定了第一SSB关联的指定传输资源,进而可以直接将第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源,作为第一SSB关联的结束可用传输资源,并将第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源,作为第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源。Correspondingly, the processing of the network device may include: the network device sends second indication information; if the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, the terminal device determines the first SSB. The associated specified transport resource. That is to say, the network device can know in advance all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB used by the terminal device. If it is necessary to indicate one of them as a designated transmission resource, the corresponding value can be carried in the second indication information. . It can be seen that the network device may have determined the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB before sending the second indication information, and may directly use the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle as The available transmission resources at the end of the first SSB association are used, and the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle is used as the first available transmission resource of the first SSB association.
基于前述方式,终端设备和网络设备均可以确定第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源,该第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源即多个目标传输资源中的起始目标传输资源。Based on the foregoing method, both the terminal device and the network device can determine the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB, which is the starting target transmission resource among the multiple target transmission resources.
在确定了起始目标传输资源之后,可以使用以下两种方式确定所述多个目标传输资源:After determining the starting target transmission resource, the following two methods may be used to determine the multiple target transmission resources:
第一种方式、在第一参数小于1的情况下,所述多个目标传输资源,包括在一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源。这里,所述一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源,除了前述起始目标传输资源之外,无论多个传输资源是否与所述第一SSB关联,都可以用于进行PRACH的重复传输。In a first manner, when the first parameter is less than 1, the multiple target transmission resources include multiple transmission resources that are continuous within one or more mapping cycles. Here, multiple consecutive transmission resources within the one or more mapping cycles, in addition to the aforementioned starting target transmission resource, regardless of whether the multiple transmission resources are associated with the first SSB, can be used to repeat PRACH. transmission.
结合图14的1410部分举例来说,SSB_per_RO=1/2,一个映射循环中包含16个RO,PRACH的重复传输次数等于4,第一SSB为SSB1,第二指示信息的取值为2,则多个目标RO的起始目标RO,可以为:第一个映射循环中SSB1关联的第2个可用RO,即图14中的RO 1411;该多个目标RO 1412包含:第1个映射循环内,该起始目标RO起以及其后连续的2个RO,以及第2个映射循环内的第1 个RO。结合图14的1420部分举例来说,SSB_per_RO=1/4,一个映射循环中包含32个RO,PRACH的重复传输次数等于8,第一SSB为SSB2,第二指示信息的取值为10,则多个目标RO的起始目标RO,可以为:第一个映射循环中SSB2关联的第1个可用RO 1421;该多个目标RO 1422包含:第1个映射循环内,该起始目标RO起以及其后连续的7个RO。以上仅为示例性说明,不对全部可能的情况进行穷举。Taking part 1410 of Figure 14 as an example, SSB_per_RO=1/2, a mapping cycle contains 16 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 4, the first SSB is SSB1, and the value of the second indication information is 2, then The starting target RO of multiple target ROs can be: the second available RO associated with SSB1 in the first mapping cycle, that is, RO 1411 in Figure 14; the multiple target ROs 1412 include: within the first mapping cycle , starting from the starting target RO and the following two consecutive ROs, as well as the first RO in the second mapping cycle. Taking part 1420 of Figure 14 as an example, SSB_per_RO=1/4, a mapping cycle contains 32 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 8, the first SSB is SSB2, and the value of the second indication information is 10, then The starting target RO of multiple target ROs can be: the first available RO 1421 associated with SSB2 in the first mapping cycle; the multiple target ROs 1422 include: the starting target RO in the first mapping cycle. And the subsequent 7 consecutive ROs. The above descriptions are only illustrative and do not exhaust all possible situations.
第二种方式、所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环中每个映射循环内,第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源。其中,所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,包括以下之一:所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源;起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源为指定传输资源。The second way, the plurality of target transmission resources includes: within each mapping cycle in one or more mapping cycles, the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB. Wherein, the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB; multiple available transmission resources in a subset of the transmission resources associated with the first SSB Transmission resources; the designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB; one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB between the starting available transmission resources and the ending available transmission resources; the starting available transmission resources and/or End available transmission resources are designated transmission resources.
分别进行说明:Explain separately:
所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源为第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源,可以指的是第一SSB关联的全部可用传输资源。也就是说,虽然基于第二指示信息确定起始目标传输资源,但是不结合该第二指示信息确定具体的第二可用传输资源,将该起始目标传输资源之后的第一SSB关联的全部可用传输资源,均作为第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源即目标传输资源。比如,SSB_per_RO=1/4,一个映射循环中包含32个RO,PRACH的重复传输次数等于8,第一SSB为SSB 2,SSB 2关联的第二可用传输资源为一个映射循环内的第5个RO~第8个RO;若前述确定所述多个目标RO中的起始目标RO为第一个映射循环内的第7个RO,则该多个目标RO包含:第一个映射循环中的该第7个RO~第8个RO,第二个映射循环中的第5个RO~第8个RO,第三个映射循环中的第5个RO~第6个RO。The second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB are one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB, which may refer to all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB. That is to say, although the starting target transmission resource is determined based on the second indication information, the specific second available transmission resource is not determined in combination with the second indication information. All available transmission resources associated with the first SSB after the starting target transmission resource are The transmission resources are all used as the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB, that is, the target transmission resources. For example, SSB_per_RO=1/4, a mapping cycle contains 32 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 8, the first SSB is SSB 2, and the second available transmission resource associated with SSB 2 is the 5th one in a mapping cycle RO to the 8th RO; if it is previously determined that the starting target RO among the multiple target ROs is the 7th RO in the first mapping cycle, then the multiple target ROs include: The seventh RO to the eighth RO, the fifth RO to the eighth RO in the second mapping cycle, and the fifth RO to the sixth RO in the third mapping cycle.
需要指出,前述一个映射循环若有多个RO,该多个RO的排序可以是时域上最早的多个RO按照频率从低到高排序,然后是时域上较晚的多个RO按照频域从低到高排序,依次类推。还应理解的是,一个映射循环内除了存在RO的整体排序之外,还可以按照SSB的索引号从低到高的顺序依次确定每个SSB关联的可用RO,此外还可以增加每一个SSB关联的可用RO的排序,比如SSB1关联的4个RO中可以同样可以按照时域先后和频域从低到高的顺序排序,将SSB1关联的4个RO称为SSB1关联的第1个RO~第4个RO,此时SSB1关联的第1个RO为一个映射循环内的第1个RO;比如SSB2关联的4个RO在SSB1关联的4个RO之后,同样可以分别将SSB2关联的4个RO称为SSB2关联的第1个RO~第4个RO,此时SSB2关联的第1个RO为一个映射循环内的第5个RO。下文若无特殊说明,一个映射循环内的第几个RO的说明以及一个SSB关联的第几个可用RO的相关解释,与前述相同,不做赘述。It should be pointed out that if there are multiple ROs in the aforementioned mapping cycle, the ordering of the multiple ROs can be that the earliest ROs in the time domain are sorted from low to high in frequency, and then the later ROs in the time domain are sorted in order of frequency. Domains are ordered from lowest to highest, and so on. It should also be understood that in a mapping cycle, in addition to the overall ordering of ROs, the available ROs associated with each SSB can also be determined in order from low to high according to the index number of the SSB. In addition, each SSB association can also be added. The ordering of available ROs. For example, the four ROs associated with SSB1 can also be sorted in order from low to high in the time domain and frequency domain. The four ROs associated with SSB1 are called the first RO associated with SSB1 ~ the 4 ROs. At this time, the first RO associated with SSB1 is the first RO within a mapping cycle; for example, the 4 ROs associated with SSB2 follow the 4 ROs associated with SSB1. The 4 ROs associated with SSB2 can also be separately They are called the first RO to the fourth RO associated with SSB2. At this time, the first RO associated with SSB2 is the fifth RO within a mapping cycle. Unless otherwise specified below, the description of the RO within a mapping cycle and the available RO associated with an SSB are the same as the above and will not be repeated.
所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,为所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源。可以指的是基于第二指示信息确定起始目标传输资源,并且结合该第二指示信息确定具体的第二可用传输资源,将该起始目标传输资源之后的第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源,均作为目标传输资源。比如,SSB_per_RO=1/4,一个映射循环中包含32个RO,PRACH的重复传输次数等于8,第一SSB为SSB 2;若第二指示信息的取值为9,也就是SSB 2关联的第二可用传输资源为一个映射循环内的第6个RO和第8个RO,并且可以确定所述多个目标RO中的起始目标RO为第一个映射循环内的第6个RO;该多个目标RO包含:第一个映射循环中的该第6个RO和第8个RO,第二个映射循环中的第6个RO和第8个RO,第三个映射循环中的第6个RO和第8个RO,以及第四个映射循环中的第6个RO和第8个RO。The second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB are a plurality of available transmission resources in a subset of the transmission resources associated with the first SSB. It may refer to determining the starting target transmission resource based on the second indication information, determining the specific second available transmission resource in combination with the second indication information, and collecting a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB after the starting target transmission resource. Multiple available transmission resources are used as target transmission resources. For example, SSB_per_RO=1/4, a mapping cycle contains 32 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 8, and the first SSB is SSB 2; if the value of the second indication information is 9, that is, the third SSB associated with SSB 2 The second available transmission resource is the 6th RO and the 8th RO within a mapping cycle, and the starting target RO among the multiple target ROs can be determined to be the 6th RO within the first mapping cycle; the plurality of target ROs can be determined to be the 6th RO within the first mapping cycle; The target ROs include: the 6th RO and the 8th RO in the first mapping cycle, the 6th RO and the 8th RO in the second mapping cycle, and the 6th RO in the third mapping cycle. RO and 8th RO, and 6th RO and 8th RO in the fourth mapping cycle.
所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,为所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。可以指的是基于第二指示信息确定起始目标传输资源,并且结合该第二指示信息确定具体的第二可用传输资源,将该第一SSB关联的指定传输资源,均作为目标传输资源。比如,SSB_per_RO=1/4,一个映射循环中包含32个RO,PRACH的重复传输次数等于4,第一SSB为SSB 1;若第二指示信息的取值为3,也就是SSB 1关联的第二可用传输资源为一个映射循环内的第3个RO,并且可以确定所述多个目标RO中的起始目标RO为第一个映射循环内的第3个RO;该多个目标RO包含:第一个映射循环中的该第3个RO,第二个映射循环中的第3个RO,第三个映射循环中的第3个RO,以及第四个映射循环中的第3个RO。The second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB. It may mean that the starting target transmission resource is determined based on the second indication information, and the specific second available transmission resource is determined in combination with the second indication information, and the designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB are all used as target transmission resources. For example, SSB_per_RO=1/4, a mapping cycle contains 32 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 4, and the first SSB is SSB 1; if the value of the second indication information is 3, that is, the first SSB associated with SSB 1 The second available transmission resource is the third RO within a mapping cycle, and the starting target RO among the multiple target ROs can be determined to be the third RO within the first mapping cycle; the multiple target ROs include: That 3rd RO in the first mapping loop, the 3rd RO in the second mapping loop, the 3rd RO in the third mapping loop, and the 3rd RO in the fourth mapping loop.
所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,为起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源为指定传输资源。这种方式适用于在第二指示信息的取值,在第二取值范围内的情况。The second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource; the starting available transmission resource and/or End available transmission resources are designated transmission resources. This method is applicable when the value of the second indication information is within the second value range.
这种情况中,一种处理方式:所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源,为:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源。也就是,在所述第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围内的情况下,基于该第二指示信息的取值,确定指定传输资源;将该指定传输资源作为一个映射循环内所述 第一SSB关联的结束可用传输资源,将一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源作为起始可用传输资源。进一步地,由于确定了第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源和结束可用传输资源,可以将在第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的,第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源,作为前述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源。比如,SSB_per_RO=1/4,一个映射循环中包含32个RO,PRACH的重复传输次数等于4,第一SSB为SSB 1;若第二指示信息的取值为2,将SSB 1关联的结束可用RO确定为一个映射循环内的第2个RO,将SSB1关联的第1个RO作为起始可用RO。则该多个目标RO包含:第一个映射循环中的该第1个RO和第2个RO,第二个映射循环中的该第1个RO和第2个RO。In this case, one processing method: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle. That is, when the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, the designated transmission resource is determined based on the value of the second indication information; the designated transmission resource is used as the designated transmission resource within a mapping cycle. The end available transmission resource of the first SSB association is the first available transmission resource of the first SSB association within a mapping cycle as the starting available transmission resource. Further, since the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource of the first SSB association are determined, one of the first SSB association between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource of the first SSB association can be or multiple available transmission resources, as the second available transmission resources associated with the aforementioned first SSB. For example, SSB_per_RO=1/4, a mapping cycle contains 32 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 4, the first SSB is SSB 1; if the value of the second indication information is 2, the end of SSB 1 association is available The RO is determined to be the second RO within a mapping cycle, and the first RO associated with SSB1 is used as the starting available RO. Then the multiple target ROs include: the first RO and the second RO in the first mapping cycle, and the first RO and the second RO in the second mapping cycle.
又一种处理方式,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源,为:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。也就是,在所述第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围内的情况下,基于该第二指示信息的取值,确定指定传输资源;将该指定传输资源作为一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源,将第一SSB关联的最后一个可用传输资源,作为结束可用传输资源。由于确定了第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源和结束可用传输资源,可以将在第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的,第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源,作为前述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源。比如,SSB_per_RO=1/4,一个映射循环中包含32个RO,PRACH的重复传输次数等于4,第一SSB为SSB 1;若第二指示信息的取值为3,将SSB 1关联的起始可用RO确定为一个映射循环内的第3个RO,将SSB1关联的第4个RO作为结束可用RO。则该多个目标RO包含:第一个映射循环中的该第3个RO和第4个RO,第二个映射循环中的该第3个RO和第4个RO。In another processing method, the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle. That is, when the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, the designated transmission resource is determined based on the value of the second indication information; the designated transmission resource is used as the designated transmission resource within a mapping cycle. The starting available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the last available transmission resource associated with the first SSB as the ending available transmission resource. Since the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource of the first SSB association are determined, one or more of the first SSB association between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource of the first SSB association may be The available transmission resources are used as the second available transmission resources associated with the aforementioned first SSB. For example, SSB_per_RO=1/4, a mapping cycle contains 32 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 4, the first SSB is SSB 1; if the value of the second indication information is 3, the start of the association of SSB 1 The available RO is determined as the third RO within a mapping cycle, and the fourth RO associated with SSB1 is regarded as the end available RO. Then the multiple target ROs include: the third RO and the fourth RO in the first mapping cycle, and the third RO and the fourth RO in the second mapping cycle.
在一些可能的实施方式中,终端设备和网络设备还可以结合第一参数来确定是否进行PRACH的重复传输。In some possible implementations, the terminal device and the network device may also determine whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH in combination with the first parameter.
所述终端设备在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输,包括:所述终端设备在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值、且所述第一参数小于1的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输。相应的,网络设备的处理可以为:在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值、且所述第一参数小于1的情况下,确定终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输。也就是说,终端设备和网络设备,均可以在所述第一指示信息的取值为第二指定值、和/或所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,确定终端设备不进行PRACH的重复传输。The terminal device determines to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, including: the terminal device determines to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH when the value of the first indication information is the first specified value. value and the first parameter is less than 1, it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH. Correspondingly, the processing of the network device may be: when the value of the first indication information is the first specified value and the first parameter is less than 1, determine that the terminal device performs repeated transmission of the PRACH. That is to say, both the terminal device and the network device can determine that the terminal device does not perform PRACH when the value of the first indication information is the second specified value and/or the first parameter is not less than 1. Repeat the transfer.
再具体来说,在终端设备侧可以执行的处理为:所述终端设备接收到第一指示信息,判断所述第一指示信息的取值是否为第一指定值;若所述第一指示信息的取值为第二指定值,则确定不进行PRACH的重复传输;若所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值,则判断第一参数是否小于1;若确定第一参数小于1,则确定进行PRACH的重复传输,否则,确定不进行PRACH的重复传输。在网络设备侧可以执行的处理为:所述网络设备在确定终端设备可以执行PRACH的重复传输的情况下,将该第一指示信息的取值设置为第一指定值,并将该第一指示信息发送至终端设备;否则,网络设备将该第一指示信息的取值设置为第二指定值,并发送该第一指示信息至终端设备。在网络设备发送该第一指示信息、且该第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值的情况下,判断第一参数是否小于1;若确定第一参数小于1,则确定该终端设备执行PRACH的重复传输;否则,确定该终端设备不执行PRACH的重复传输。More specifically, the processing that can be performed on the terminal device side is: the terminal device receives the first indication information and determines whether the value of the first indication information is the first specified value; if the first indication information If the value of the first indication information is the second specified value, it is determined not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; if the value of the first indication information is the first specified value, it is determined whether the first parameter is less than 1; if it is determined that the first parameter is less than 1 , then it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH, otherwise, it is determined not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH. The processing that can be performed on the network device side is: when the network device determines that the terminal device can perform repeated transmission of PRACH, the value of the first indication information is set to the first specified value, and the first indication is The information is sent to the terminal device; otherwise, the network device sets the value of the first indication information to the second specified value and sends the first indication information to the terminal device. When the network device sends the first indication information and the value of the first indication information is the first specified value, it is determined whether the first parameter is less than 1; if it is determined that the first parameter is less than 1, it is determined that the terminal device executes Repeated transmission of PRACH; otherwise, determine that the terminal device does not perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
关于终端设备和网络设备是否结合第一参数来确定是否执行PRACH的重复传输,可以为预先配置的,比如,可以预先配置终端设备和网络设备,仅基于第一指示信息来确定是否进行PRACH的重复传输;又比如,可以预先配置终端设备和网络设备,基于第一指示信息的取值以及第一参数,共同确定是否进行PRACH的重复传输。应理解的是,若预先配置终端设备和网络设备,仅基于第一指示信息来确定是否进行PRACH的重复传输,则终端设备和网络设备可以采用上述全部可能的实施方式进行处理。若预先配置终端设备和网络设备,基于第一指示信息的取值以及第一参数,共同确定是否进行PRACH的重复传输,则终端设备和网络设备仅可以采用前述实施方式中的第一参数小于1的可能的实施方式进行相关处理。Regarding whether the terminal device and the network device combine the first parameter to determine whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH, it can be pre-configured. For example, the terminal device and the network device can be pre-configured to determine whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based only on the first indication information. Transmission; for another example, the terminal equipment and the network equipment can be pre-configured, and based on the value of the first indication information and the first parameter, they jointly determine whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH. It should be understood that if the terminal device and the network device are pre-configured to determine whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH based only on the first indication information, the terminal device and the network device can adopt all the above possible implementations for processing. If the terminal device and the network device are pre-configured to jointly determine whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the value of the first indication information and the first parameter, the terminal device and the network device can only use the first parameter less than 1 in the aforementioned embodiment. Possible implementations for related processing.
在一些可能的实施方式中,在第一参数小于1的场景中,结合第二指示信息的取值确定PRACH的重复传输次数。In some possible implementations, in a scenario where the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is determined in combination with the value of the second indication information.
本实施例中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,等于一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源的数量。所述第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源,包括以下之一:所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的多个可用传输资源;所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源,为所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。In this embodiment, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH, when the first parameter is less than 1, is equal to the number of first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in one mapping cycle. The first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: multiple available transmission resources in a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB; one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB ; Multiple available transmission resources between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; the starting available transmission resource and/or the ending available transmission resource are the starting available transmission resources associated with the first SSB Specify transport resources.
其中,所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集,为基于第二指示信息的取值确定的;所述第一取值在第一取值范围内。其确定方式与前述实施例相同,这里不做重复说明。Wherein, the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB is determined based on the value of the second indication information; the first value is within a first value range. The determination method is the same as the previous embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的多个可用传输资源;其中,所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源为指定传输资源。Multiple available transmission resources between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the starting available transmission resource and/or the ending available transmission resource are designated transmission resources.
在一种处理方式中,终端设备确定起始可用传输资源和结束可用传输资源的方式,可以包括:在所述第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围内的情况下,基于该第二指示信息的取值,确定指定传输资源;将该指定传输资源作为一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的结束可用传输资源,将一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源作为起始可用传输资源。相应的,网络设备的处理可以包括:确定该终端设备在一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源和结束可用传输资源;在第二取值范围内设置该第二指示信息的取值设置为结束可用传输资源,发送该第二指示信息。In one processing method, the method for the terminal device to determine the starting available transmission resources and the ending available transmission resources may include: when the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, based on the first The value of the second indication information determines the designated transmission resource; the designated transmission resource is used as the end available transmission resource of the first SSB association in a mapping cycle, and the first available transmission resource of the first SSB association in a mapping cycle is The transmission resource is used as the starting available transmission resource. Correspondingly, the processing of the network device may include: determining the starting available transmission resources and the ending available transmission resources associated with the first SSB of the terminal device within a mapping cycle; and setting the second indication information within the second value range. The value of is set to end available transmission resources, and the second indication information is sent.
在一种处理方式中,终端设备确定起始可用传输资源和结束可用传输资源的方式,可以包括:在所述第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围内的情况下,基于该第二指示信息的取值,确定指定传输资源;将该指定传输资源作为一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源,将一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的最后一个可用传输资源作为结束可用传输资源。相应的,网络设备的处理可以包括:确定该终端设备在一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源和结束可用传输资源;在第二取值范围内设置该第二指示信息的取值设置为起始可用传输资源,发送该第二指示信息。In one processing method, the method for the terminal device to determine the starting available transmission resources and the ending available transmission resources may include: when the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, based on the first 2. The value of the indication information determines the designated transmission resource; the designated transmission resource is used as the starting available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in a mapping cycle, and the last available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in a mapping cycle is Transport resources serve as end available transport resources. Correspondingly, the processing of the network device may include: determining the starting available transmission resources and the ending available transmission resources associated with the first SSB of the terminal device within a mapping cycle; and setting the second indication information within the second value range. The value of is set as the starting available transmission resource, and the second indication information is sent.
在另一种处理方式中,可以重新定义第二指示信息,即PRACH mask index的内容,将该第二指示信息设计为比特图,该比特图用于指示指定传输资源。具体的,该比特图中每一个比特位可以对应一个传输资源,每个比特位的取值用于指示对应位置的传输资源是否为指定传输资源。比如,在一个比特位的取值为第一值的情况下,用于指示对应位置的传输资源为指定传输资源;在一个比特位RO的取值为第二值的情况下,用于指示对应位置的传输资源不是指定传输资源。这里,所述第一值与所述第二值不同,第一值为0、第二值为1,或者,第一值为1、第二值为0,或者,还可以设置为其他取值,这里不对其进行穷举,只要终端设备和网络设备双方采用相同的取值含义即可。In another processing method, the second indication information, that is, the content of the PRACH mask index, can be redefined, and the second indication information is designed as a bitmap, and the bitmap is used to indicate the designated transmission resource. Specifically, each bit in the bitmap may correspond to a transmission resource, and the value of each bit is used to indicate whether the transmission resource at the corresponding position is a designated transmission resource. For example, when the value of a bit is the first value, it is used to indicate that the transmission resource at the corresponding location is the designated transmission resource; when the value of a bit RO is the second value, it is used to indicate that the corresponding transmission resource is the specified transmission resource. The transport resource for the location is not a designated transport resource. Here, the first value is different from the second value. The first value is 0 and the second value is 1, or the first value is 1 and the second value is 0, or it can also be set to other values. , we will not exhaustively list them here, as long as both the terminal device and the network device adopt the same value meaning.
一种情况下,在该比特图中,仅可以包含一个指定传输资源,此时终端设备和网络设备可以默认该指定传输资源为起始可用传输资源或结束可用传输资源,只要网络设备和终端设备采用相同的解析方式就在本实施例保护范围内。具体的,若基于该第二指示信息,确定指定传输资源为所述第一SSB关联的结束可用传输资源,则将一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源,作为起始可用传输资源。若基于该第二指示信息,确定指定传输资源为所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源,则将一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的最后一个可用传输资源,作为结束可用传输资源。In one case, the bitmap can only contain one designated transmission resource. At this time, the terminal device and the network device can default the designated transmission resource as the starting available transmission resource or the ending available transmission resource, as long as the network device and the terminal device Using the same analysis method is within the protection scope of this embodiment. Specifically, if based on the second indication information, it is determined that the designated transmission resource is the ending available transmission resource of the first SSB association, then the first available transmission resource of the first SSB association within a mapping cycle is used as the starting transmission resource. Transmission resources are now available. If it is determined based on the second indication information that the specified transmission resource is the starting available transmission resource associated with the first SSB, then the last available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle is used as the ending available transmission resource. .
一种情况下,在该比特图中,可以包含两个指定传输资源,此时终端设备和网络设备可以默认位于靠前顺序位置的指定传输资源为起始可用传输资源,位于靠后顺序位置的指定传输资源为结束可用传输资源,只要网络设备和终端设备采用相同的解析方式就在本实施例保护范围内。具体的,若基于该第二指示信息,确定两个指定传输资源,可以基于两个指定传输资源分别确定起始可用传输资源和结束可用传输资源。In one case, the bitmap can contain two designated transmission resources. In this case, the terminal device and the network device can default to the designated transmission resource located at the front sequence position as the initial available transmission resource, and the designated transmission resource located at the back sequence position. The specified transmission resource is the end available transmission resource, and it is within the protection scope of this embodiment as long as the network device and the terminal device adopt the same resolution method. Specifically, if two designated transmission resources are determined based on the second indication information, the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource may be determined based on the two designated transmission resources.
通过采用以上方式,可以确定第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源,进而可以将一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源的数量,直接作为PRACH的重复传输次数。By adopting the above method, the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB can be determined, and then the number of the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle can be directly used as the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
在一种可能的实施方式中,在该第一参数小于1且第二指示信息起作用的情况下,所述终端设备和所述网络设备还分别可以确定用于重复传输PRACH的多个目标传输资源。In a possible implementation, when the first parameter is less than 1 and the second indication information is active, the terminal device and the network device may also determine multiple target transmissions for repeated transmission of PRACH. resource.
所述多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源,可以为:第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为以下之一:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。The starting target transmission resource of the plurality of target transmission resources may be: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following: The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in one mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; within the first mapping cycle The designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
本实施例中,结合第二指示信息确定第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源,即多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源。In this embodiment, the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is determined in combination with the second indication information, that is, the starting target transmission resource of multiple target transmission resources.
所述第一个映射循环的定义、所述映射循环的定义、所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集的说明、第二指示信息的说明与前述实施例相同,这里不做重复说明。在第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围或第二取值范围的情况下,确定前述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源的方式,也与前述实施例相同,也不做赘述。与前述实施例不同在于,本实施方式中,第二指示信息可以为重新定义的用于携带比特图的指示信息;关于比特图的内容及其含义与前述实施例是相同的。The definition of the first mapping cycle, the definition of the mapping cycle, the description of the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB, and the description of the second indication information are the same as in the previous embodiment, and will not be repeated here. When the value of the second indication information is within the first value range or the second value range, the method of determining the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is also the same as the previous embodiment, and no further Repeat. Different from the foregoing embodiments, in this embodiment, the second indication information may be redefined indication information for carrying a bitmap; the content and meaning of the bitmap are the same as those in the foregoing embodiments.
进一步需要说明的是,在该第二指示信息携带比特图的情况下,确定前述多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源的方式。具体的,在该比特图中,仅可以包含一个指定传输资源,或者可以包含两个指定传输资源,基于该一个指定传输资源或两个指定传输资源,确定一个映射循环内的起始可用传输资源和结束可用传输资源的方式,与前述实施例相同,不做赘述。本实施方式中,可以将第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源,作为前述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源。进而,可以将 该第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源,作为多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源。It should be further noted that, in the case where the second indication information carries a bitmap, a method of determining the starting target transmission resource of the plurality of target transmission resources is used. Specifically, the bitmap may only contain one designated transmission resource, or may contain two designated transmission resources. Based on the one designated transmission resource or the two designated transmission resources, the starting available transmission resource within a mapping cycle is determined. The method of ending the available transmission resources is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be described again. In this embodiment, the starting available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle may be used as the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB. Furthermore, the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB can be used as the starting target transmission resource of multiple target transmission resources.
在确定了起始目标传输资源之后,可以使用以下两种方式确定所述多个目标传输资源:第一种方式、所述多个目标传输资源,包括在一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源。这里,所述一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源,除了前述起始目标传输资源之外,无论多个传输资源是否与所述终端设备使用的第一SSB关联,都可以用于进行PRACH的重复传输。具体与前述实施例相同,不做重复说明。第二种方式、所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源。其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源的说明与前述实施例相同,不做赘述。本方式可以直接将前述实施例确定的起始目标传输资源之后,一个映射循环内的第一SSB关联的全部第一可用传输资源,作为所述多个目标传输资源。After the initial target transmission resources are determined, the following two methods can be used to determine the multiple target transmission resources: the first method, the multiple target transmission resources include multiple consecutive target transmission resources within one or more mapping cycles. transmission resources. Here, multiple consecutive transmission resources within the one or more mapping cycles, in addition to the aforementioned starting target transmission resources, can be used regardless of whether the multiple transmission resources are associated with the first SSB used by the terminal device. Perform repeated transmission of PRACH. The details are the same as those in the previous embodiments, and repeated descriptions will not be made. The second way, the plurality of target transmission resources include: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle. The description of the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be described again. This method can directly use all the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in a mapping cycle after the initial target transmission resources determined in the previous embodiment as the multiple target transmission resources.
在一些可能的实施方式中,终端设备和网络设备可以结合第一参数以及第二指示信息,确定是否进行PRACH的重复传输。In some possible implementations, the terminal device and the network device may determine whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH in combination with the first parameter and the second indication information.
所述终端设备在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输,包括:所述终端设备在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值、所述第一参数小于1、第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输。相应的,网络设备的处理可以为:在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值、所述第一参数小于1、第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,确定终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输。The terminal device determines to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, including: the terminal device determines to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH when the value of the first indication information is the first specified value. If the value, the first parameter is less than 1, and the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, it is determined to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH. Correspondingly, the processing of the network device may be: when the value of the first indication information is the first specified value, the first parameter is less than 1, and the value of the second indication information is within the first value range. Next, determine that the terminal equipment performs repeated transmission of PRACH.
也就是说,终端设备和网络设备,均可以在满足所述第一指示信息的取值为第二指定值、所述第一参数不小于1、第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围中任意之一的情况下,确定终端设备不进行PRACH的重复传输。That is to say, both the terminal device and the network device can satisfy the requirements that the value of the first indication information is the second specified value, the first parameter is not less than 1, and the value of the second indication information is within the second specified value. In the case of any one of the ranges, it is determined that the terminal equipment does not perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
关于终端设备和网络设备是否结合第一参数和第二指示信息的取值,来确定是否执行PRACH的重复传输,可以为预先配置的。比如,可以预先配置终端设备和网络设备,仅基于第一指示信息来确定是否进行PRACH的重复传输;又比如,可以预先配置终端设备和网络设备,基于第一指示信息的取值以及第一参数,共同确定是否进行PRACH的重复传输。又比如,可以预先配置终端设备和网络设备,基于第一指示信息的取值、第一参数以及第二指示信息的取值,共同确定是否进行PRACH的重复传输。Whether the terminal device and the network device combine the values of the first parameter and the second indication information to determine whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH may be preconfigured. For example, the terminal equipment and the network equipment can be pre-configured, and whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH is determined based only on the first indication information; for another example, the terminal equipment and the network equipment can be pre-configured, based on the value of the first indication information and the first parameter. , jointly determine whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH. For another example, the terminal device and the network device may be pre-configured to jointly determine whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH based on the value of the first indication information, the first parameter, and the value of the second indication information.
在这种实施方式中,在第一参数小于1的场景中,在第二指示信息的取值为第一取值范围的情况下,才需要确定PRACH的重复传输次数。In this implementation manner, in a scenario where the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH only needs to be determined when the value of the second indication information is within the first value range.
本实施例中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,等于一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源的数量。In this embodiment, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH, when the first parameter is less than 1, is equal to the number of first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in one mapping cycle.
所述第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源,包括:所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源。其中,所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集,为基于第二指示信息的取值确定的;所述第一取值在第一取值范围内。其确定方式与前述实施例相同,这里不做重复说明。The first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include: multiple available transmission resources in a subset of the transmission resources associated with the first SSB. Wherein, the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB is determined based on the value of the second indication information; the first value is within a first value range. The determination method is the same as the previous embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
通过采用以上方式,可以确定第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源,进而可以将一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源的数量,直接作为PRACH的重复传输次数。By adopting the above method, the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB can be determined, and then the number of the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle can be directly used as the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
在该第一参数小于1且第二指示信息的取值为第一取值范围的情况下,所述终端设备和所述网络设备还分别可以确定用于重复传输PRACH的多个目标传输资源。In the case where the first parameter is less than 1 and the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, the terminal device and the network device may respectively determine multiple target transmission resources for repeated transmission of PRACH.
所述多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源,可以为:第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源。The starting target transmission resource of the plurality of target transmission resources may be: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first mapping The first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the cycle.
本实施例中,第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,基于该第二指示信息确定第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源,即多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源。具体的确定方式与前述实施例是相同的,这里不做重复说明。In this embodiment, when the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is determined based on the second indication information, that is, the starting point of the multiple target transmission resources. The original target transmission resource. The specific determination method is the same as the previous embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
在确定了起始目标传输资源之后,可以使用以下两种方式确定所述多个目标传输资源:第一种方式、所述多个目标传输资源,包括在一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源。具体与前述实施例相同,不做重复说明。第二种方式、所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源。其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源的说明与前述实施例相同,不做赘述。本方式可以直接将前述实施例确定的起始目标传输资源之后,一个映射循环内的第一SSB关联的全部第一可用传输资源,作为所述多个目标传输资源。After the initial target transmission resources are determined, the following two methods can be used to determine the multiple target transmission resources: the first method, the multiple target transmission resources include multiple consecutive target transmission resources within one or more mapping cycles. transmission resources. The details are the same as those in the previous embodiments, and repeated descriptions will not be made. The second way, the plurality of target transmission resources include: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle. The description of the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be described again. This method can directly use all the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in a mapping cycle after the initial target transmission resources determined in the previous embodiment as the multiple target transmission resources.
在一些可能的实施方式中,在前述第一指示信息仍然是显式指示的情况下,PRACH的重复传输次数,可以为网络设备指示的。In some possible implementations, when the first indication information is still an explicit indication, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH may be indicated by the network device.
具体的,网络设备可以执行的处理包括:所述网络设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息携带第一数值,所述第一数值用于确定PRACH的重复传输次数。终端设备可以执行的处理,可以包括:所述终端设备接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息携带第一数值,所述第一数值用于确定PRACH的重 复传输次数。该第一数值可以为正整数。Specifically, the processing that the network device can perform includes: the network device sends third indication information, the third indication information carries a first value, and the first value is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. The processing that the terminal device can perform may include: the terminal device receives third indication information, the third indication information carries a first value, and the first value is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. The first numerical value may be a positive integer.
所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一数值;等于所述第一数值与第二数值的乘积。该第二数值可以为正整数。需要说明的是,该PRACH的重复传输次数,等于第一数值,还是等于第一数值与第二数值的乘积,可以为网络设备和终端设备预先配置好的或预先协商好的,只要双方采用同样的方式来确定PRACH的重复传输次数即可。The number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the first value; equal to the product of the first value and the second value. The second numerical value may be a positive integer. It should be noted that whether the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the first value or the product of the first value and the second value can be pre-configured or pre-negotiated for the network device and the terminal device, as long as both parties use the same The method can be used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH.
其中,所述第二数值,可以为预设的,或为网络设备配置的,或与第一参数相关;其中,所述第一参数用于表示一个传输资源关联的同步信号块SSB的数量。The second value may be preset, configured for the network device, or related to the first parameter; wherein the first parameter is used to represent the number of synchronization signal blocks SSB associated with one transmission resource.
其中,所述第二数值为预设的,可以指的是,终端设备和网络设备分别预设该第二数值。第二数值为网络设备配置的,可以是网络设备为终端设备发送该第二数值。具体的,该第二数值可以是由系统消息携带,或者可以为其他信息携带,这里不对其进行限定。Wherein, the second value is preset, which may mean that the terminal device and the network device respectively preset the second value. The second value is configured by the network device, and the network device may send the second value to the terminal device. Specifically, the second value may be carried by a system message or may be carried by other information, which is not limited here.
所述第二数值与所述第一参数相关的情况下,为以下之一:在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,等于所述第一参数的倒数;在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,等于1;在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,等于所述第一参数;在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,等于一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源的数量。When the second numerical value is related to the first parameter, it is one of the following: when the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter; when the first parameter is not less than In the case of 1, it is equal to 1; in the case of the first parameter is not less than 1, it is equal to the first parameter; in the case of the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the first SSB associated in a mapping cycle The second amount of available transmission resources.
其中,所述第二数值,在所述第一参数小于1的情况下等于所述第一参数的倒数,以及在第一参数不小于1的情况下等于1,以上两种情况,可以将其理解为一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的可用传输资源的数量。Wherein, the second numerical value is equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter when the first parameter is less than 1, and is equal to 1 when the first parameter is not less than 1. In the above two cases, it can be It is understood as the number of available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle.
关于第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源的说明,与前述实施例相同,不做重复说明。The description of the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be repeated.
所述第三指示信息,由以下之一携带:DCI、RRC信令。The third indication information is carried by one of the following: DCI or RRC signaling.
一种示例中,该第三指示信息由第一DCI携带。关于第一DCI的说明这里不做赘述。本示例中,该第三指示信息可以使用第一DCI即DCI格式1_0中的field 6,也就是对Field 6中原PRACH mask index重新定义,直接将前述第一数值携带在该PRACH mask index中,使得其取值用于表示PRACH的重复传输次数。In an example, the third indication information is carried by the first DCI. The description of the first DCI will not be repeated here. In this example, the third indication information can use the first DCI, that is, field 6 in DCI format 1_0, that is, redefine the original PRACH mask index in Field 6, and directly carry the aforementioned first value in the PRACH mask index, so that Its value is used to indicate the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH.
一种示例中,该第三指示信息由第一DCI携带,但是,使用该第一DCI的剩余保留bit中的指定数量个比特位,作为该第三指示信息。本示例中,DCI格式1_0中的field 6保持原协议规定的PRACH mask index不变。一种示例中,该第三指示信息由第二DCI携带,该第二DCI的定义与前述实施例相同,不做重复说明。此时,若第二DCI用于携带第一指示信息,则进一步限定该第三指示信息与所述第一指示信息占用不同的比特位。一种示例中,该第三指示信息由RRC信令。此时,若RRC信令用于携带第一指示信息,则进一步限定该第三指示信息与所述第一指示信息占用不同的比特位。In one example, the third indication information is carried by the first DCI, but a specified number of bits among the remaining reserved bits of the first DCI are used as the third indication information. In this example, field 6 in DCI format 1_0 keeps the PRACH mask index specified in the original protocol unchanged. In one example, the third indication information is carried by a second DCI. The definition of the second DCI is the same as that in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again. At this time, if the second DCI is used to carry the first indication information, it is further limited that the third indication information and the first indication information occupy different bits. In an example, the third indication information is signaled by RRC. At this time, if the RRC signaling is used to carry the first indication information, it is further limited that the third indication information and the first indication information occupy different bits.
前述示例中提供了第三指示信息可以使用的多种可能的携带方式,可以将前述第三指示信息不同的携带方式划分为两种情况,第一种情况是第一DCI即DCI格式1_0中Field 6的原PRACH mask index重新定义的情况,第二种情况为第一DCI即DCI格式1_0中Field 6的原PRACH mask index不进行重新定义的情况。下面结合上述两种不同的情况,对确定多个目标传输资源的方式分别进行说明:The foregoing examples provide a variety of possible carrying methods that can be used for the third indication information. The different carrying methods of the foregoing third indication information can be divided into two situations. The first case is the first DCI, that is, Field in DCI format 1_0. The original PRACH mask index of 6 is redefined. The second case is the case where the original PRACH mask index of Field 6 in the first DCI, DCI format 1_0, is not redefined. The following is a description of the methods of determining multiple target transmission resources based on the above two different situations:
第一种情况下,原PRACH mask index被重新定义。In the first case, the original PRACH mask index is redefined.
多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源,可以为:第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源。The starting target transmission resource of multiple target transmission resources may be: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: within the first mapping cycle The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
若第一参数不小于1,则所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的唯一的一个可用传输资源。若第一参数小于1,则所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源。关于这两种仅基于第一参数确定第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源的方式,在前述实施例均已作出详细说明,这里不做赘述。If the first parameter is not less than 1, then the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the only available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle. If the first parameter is less than 1, then the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle. The two methods of determining the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB based only on the first parameter have been described in detail in the foregoing embodiments, and will not be described again here.
所述多个目标传输资源可以包括:在一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源。所述一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源,除了前述起始目标传输资源之外,无论多个传输资源是否与所述第一SSB关联,都可以用于进行PRACH的重复传输。这种情况下,无论前述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于第一数值,还可以等于第一数值与第二数值的乘积,并且无论第二数值具体为哪种取值,都可以认为终端设备在一个或多个映射循环中每个映射循环内,从起始目标传输资源开始在连续的多个传输资源上进行重复传输。具体的,在第一参数不小于1的情况下,所述多个目标传输资源与前述图9及其相关说明是相似的;在第一参数小于1的情况下,所述多个目标传输资源与前述图12及其相关说明也是相似的,因此这里均不作重复说明。The plurality of target transmission resources may include: a plurality of consecutive transmission resources within one or more mapping cycles. Multiple consecutive transmission resources within the one or more mapping cycles, in addition to the aforementioned starting target transmission resource, can be used for repeated transmission of PRACH regardless of whether the multiple transmission resources are associated with the first SSB. In this case, no matter whether the number of repeated transmissions of the aforementioned PRACH is equal to the first value, or it can also be equal to the product of the first value and the second value, and no matter what the specific value of the second value is, the terminal device can be considered to be in a Or within each mapping cycle of multiple mapping cycles, repeated transmission is performed on multiple consecutive transmission resources starting from the initial target transmission resource. Specifically, when the first parameter is not less than 1, the multiple target transmission resources are similar to the aforementioned Figure 9 and its related description; when the first parameter is less than 1, the multiple target transmission resources It is also similar to the aforementioned Figure 12 and its related description, so the description will not be repeated here.
或者,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环中每个映射循环内,第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源。其中,所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,包括以下之一:所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源。Alternatively, the plurality of target transmission resources include: second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within each mapping cycle in one or more mapping cycles. The second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
当第一参数不小于1的情况下,在一个映射循环内该第一SSB关联的全部可用资源,为唯一的一个可用传输资源。When the first parameter is not less than 1, all available resources associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle are the only available transmission resources.
这种情况下,无论前述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于第一数值,还可以等于第一数值与第二数值的乘积,并且无论第二数值具体为哪种取值,都可以认为是在一个或多个映射循环中每个映射循环内,第一SSB关联的唯一的一个可用传输资源上进行重复传输。In this case, regardless of the number of repeated transmissions of the aforementioned PRACH, it is equal to the first value, or it can also be equal to the product of the first value and the second value, and no matter what specific value the second value takes, it can be considered to be in one or In each of the multiple mapping cycles, repeated transmission is performed on the only available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
结合图10的1010部分举例来说,SSB_per_RO=2,一个映射循环中包含4个RO,第一数值为4,即PRACH的重复传输次数等于4,第一SSB的索引号为5即SSB 5,SSB 5关联的第二可用传输资源可以为一个映射循环内的第3个RO;则多个目标RO中的起始目标RO为第一个映射循环内的第3个RO 1011,该多个目标RO 1012,包含:自第1个映射循环中的该起始目标RO起(含起始目标RO),第2个映射循环中的第3个RO、第3个映射循环中的第3个RO以及第4个映射循环内中的第3个RO。这里不做穷举。Taking the 1010 part of Figure 10 as an example, SSB_per_RO=2, a mapping cycle contains 4 ROs, the first value is 4, that is, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to 4, and the index number of the first SSB is 5, which is SSB 5. The second available transmission resource associated with SSB 5 can be the third RO within a mapping cycle; then the starting target RO among the multiple target ROs is the third RO within the first mapping cycle 1011, and the multiple targets RO 1012, including: starting from the starting target RO in the first mapping cycle (including the starting target RO), the 3rd RO in the 2nd mapping cycle, the 3rd RO in the 3rd mapping cycle And the 3rd RO in the 4th mapping loop. I won’t be exhaustive here.
当第一参数小于1且PRACH mask index被重新定义的情况下,无论前述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于第一数值,还可以等于第一数值与第二数值的乘积,并且无论第二数值具体为哪种取值,都可以认为是在一个或多个映射循环中每个映射循环内,第一SSB关联的全部可用传输资源上进行重复传输。结合图13的1310部分举例来说,SSB_per_RO=1/2,一个映射循环中包含16个RO,PRACH的重复传输次数可以等于第一数值,假设第一数值等于4,则PRACH的重复传输次数为4;第一SSB为SSB1,第一SSB为SSB 1,SSB 1关联的第二可用传输资源为一个映射循环内的第1个RO~第2个RO;多个目标RO的起始目标RO,可以为:SSB1关联的第一个可用RO,即图13中的RO 1311;该多个目标RO 1312包含:第一个映射循环中的该第1个传输资源以及第2个传输资源,第二个映射循环中的第1个传输资源以及第2个传输资源。这里不对全部可能的情况进行穷举。When the first parameter is less than 1 and the PRACH mask index is redefined, regardless of the number of repeated transmissions of the aforementioned PRACH, it is equal to the first value, or it can also be equal to the product of the first value and the second value, and regardless of whether the second value is specifically Either value can be considered to be repeated transmission on all available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in each mapping cycle of one or more mapping cycles. Taking part 1310 of Figure 13 as an example, SSB_per_RO=1/2, a mapping cycle contains 16 ROs, the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH can be equal to the first value, assuming that the first value is equal to 4, then the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is 4; The first SSB is SSB1, the first SSB is SSB 1, and the second available transmission resource associated with SSB 1 is the first RO to the second RO within a mapping cycle; the starting target RO of multiple target ROs, It can be: the first available RO associated with SSB1, that is, RO 1311 in Figure 13; the multiple target ROs 1312 include: the first transmission resource and the second transmission resource in the first mapping cycle, the second The first transmission resource and the second transmission resource in a mapping cycle. This is not an exhaustive list of all possible situations.
第二种情况下,原PRACH mask index没有被重新。In the second case, the original PRACH mask index is not reset.
多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源,可以为:第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为以下之一:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。The starting target transmission resource of multiple target transmission resources may be: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following: the first The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource within the first mapping cycle The designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
若第一参数不小于1,此时PRACH mask index不起作用,则所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源与前述实施例可以相同,为:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的唯一的一个可用传输资源。若第一参数小于1,此时可以使用PRACH mask index,则所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。If the first parameter is not less than 1, and the PRACH mask index does not work at this time, the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB can be the same as the previous embodiment, which is: the first available transmission resource in the first mapping cycle The only available transmission resource associated with SSB. If the first parameter is less than 1, PRACH mask index can be used at this time, and the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle. An available transmission resource; the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle.
关于结合PRACH mask index确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集,与前述实施例提供的基于第二指示信息确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集的方式是相同的,不对其进行重复说明;而在确定了所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集之后,可以将第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源,直接作为多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源。关于结合PRACH mask index确定所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源,与前述实施例提供的基于第二指示信息确定所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源的方式是相同的,不对其进行重复说明。可以直接将该指定传输资源作为多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源。Regarding determining the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB in combination with the PRACH mask index, the method for determining the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB based on the second indication information provided in the previous embodiment is the same, and will not be performed. Repeat the description; after determining the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB, the first available transmission resource in the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle can be directly used as a multiplex The starting target transport resource for each target transport resource. Regarding determining the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in combination with the PRACH mask index, the method for determining the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB based on the second indication information provided in the previous embodiment is the same, and the description will not be repeated. . The specified transmission resource can be directly used as the starting target transmission resource of multiple target transmission resources.
所述多个目标传输资源可以包括:在一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源。所述一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源,除了前述起始目标传输资源之外,无论多个传输资源是否与所述第一SSB关联,都可以用于进行PRACH的重复传输。具体与前述实施例相同,不做赘述。The plurality of target transmission resources may include: a plurality of consecutive transmission resources within one or more mapping cycles. Multiple consecutive transmission resources within the one or more mapping cycles, in addition to the aforementioned starting target transmission resource, can be used for repeated transmission of PRACH regardless of whether the multiple transmission resources are associated with the first SSB. The details are the same as the previous embodiments and will not be described again.
或者,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环中每个映射循环内,第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源。其中,所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,包括以下之一:所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源;起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源为指定传输资源。Alternatively, the plurality of target transmission resources include: second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within each mapping cycle in one or more mapping cycles. Wherein, the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB; multiple available transmission resources in a subset of the transmission resources associated with the first SSB Transmission resources; the designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB; one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB between the starting available transmission resources and the ending available transmission resources; the starting available transmission resources and/or End available transmission resources are designated transmission resources.
当第一参数不小于1的情况下,在一个映射循环内该第一SSB关联的全部可用资源,为唯一的一个可用传输资源。这种情况下,所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,包括:所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源。具体说明与前述实施例相同,不做赘述。When the first parameter is not less than 1, all available resources associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle are the only available transmission resources. In this case, the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB. The specific description is the same as the previous embodiment and will not be repeated.
当第一参数小于1且结合PRACH mask index的情况下,所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,包括以下之一:所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源;起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源为指定传输资源。关于第一参数小于1且结合PRACH  mask index的情况下,确定第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源的方式,与前述实施例中第一参数小于1且结合第二指示信息的取值确定第二可用传输资源的方式是基本相同的,也不做重复说明。When the first parameter is less than 1 and combined with PRACH mask index, the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: multiple available transmission resources in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB ; The specified transmission resource associated with the first SSB; one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource; the starting available transmission resource and/or ending available transmission resource The transmission resource is the specified transmission resource. Regarding the case where the first parameter is less than 1 and is combined with the PRACH mask index, the method of determining the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the same as the first parameter is less than 1 and is combined with the value of the second indication information in the aforementioned embodiment to determine the second available transmission resource. The two methods of available transmission resources are basically the same and will not be repeatedly explained.
当然,在第一参数小于1且PRACH mask index没有被重新定义的情况下,也可以选择不使用PRACH mask index来确定目标传输资源,此时,所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源还可以包括所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源。关于其具体的确定方式,在前述实施例已经做出详述,这里不做重复说明。Of course, when the first parameter is less than 1 and the PRACH mask index has not been redefined, you can also choose not to use the PRACH mask index to determine the target transmission resource. At this time, the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is still One or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB may be included. The specific determination method has been described in detail in the foregoing embodiments and will not be repeated here.
在一些可能的实施方式中,网络设备可以通过该第一指示信息隐式指示终端设备是否进行PRACH的重复传输。这种实施方式中,该第一指示信息的长度可以为多个比特,具体的比特位的数量可以根据实际情况设置,本实施例不对其进行限定。In some possible implementations, the network device may implicitly instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH through the first indication information. In this implementation manner, the length of the first indication information may be multiple bits, and the specific number of bits may be set according to the actual situation, which is not limited in this embodiment.
在网络设备侧指示终端设备是否进行PRACH的重复传输的方式,可以是,所述第一指示信息的取值不为第三指定值的情况下,用于指示终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输;和/或,在所述第一指示信息的取值为第三指定值的情况下,用于指示所述终端设备不进行PRACH的重复传输。相应的,所述终端设备基于该第一指示信息确定是否进行PRACH的重复传输的方式,具体可以包括:所述终端设备在所述第一指示信息的取值不为第三指定值的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输;和/或,所述终端设备在所述第一指示信息的取值为第三指定值的情况下,确定不进行PRACH的重复传输。The way for the network device side to instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH may be to instruct the terminal device to perform repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is not the third designated value; and /Or, when the value of the first indication information is a third specified value, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH. Correspondingly, the method for the terminal device to determine whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the first indication information may specifically include: the terminal device determines whether to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH when the value of the first indication information is not a third specified value. , determine to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; and/or, the terminal equipment determines not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a third designated value.
这里,所述第三指定值可以根据实际情况设置,比如一些情况下可以包括0,又比如一些情况下可以包括0和1。Here, the third specified value can be set according to the actual situation. For example, it may include 0 in some cases, and it may include 0 and 1 in some cases.
在所述第一指示信息的取值不为第三指定值的情况下,该第一指示信息的取值,用于确定PRACH的重复传输次数。也就是,根据该隐式指示的第一指示信息可以确定终端设备是否进行PRACH的重复传输;在根据该隐式指示的第一指示信息可以确定进行PRACH的重复传输情况下,网络设备可以直接设置该第一指示信息的取值,该第一指示信息的取值,用于确定PRACH的重复传输次数。相应的,终端设备在基于该第一指示信息确定进行PRACH的重复传输的情况下,直接基于该第一指示信息的取值,确定PRACH的重复传输次数。也就是说,本实施例通过一些不被用于确定PRACH的重复传输次数的数值,作为第三指示值,网络设备和终端设备双方预先可以确定该第三指示值的具体取值;则终端设备可以在确定第一指示信息的取值不为前述第三指示值的情况下,即可以使用该第一指示信息的取值来确定PRACH的重复传输次数。In the case where the value of the first indication information is not the third specified value, the value of the first indication information is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. That is, according to the first indication information of the implicit indication, it can be determined whether the terminal equipment performs repeated transmission of PRACH; when it can be determined according to the first indication information of the implicit indication that the repeated transmission of PRACH is performed, the network device can directly set The value of the first indication information is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. Correspondingly, when the terminal device determines to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH based on the first indication information, the terminal device directly determines the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH based on the value of the first indication information. That is to say, this embodiment uses some values that are not used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH as the third indication value. Both the network device and the terminal device can determine the specific value of the third indication value in advance; then the terminal device When it is determined that the value of the first indication information is not the foregoing third indication value, that is, the value of the first indication information can be used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
具体的,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于第一指示信息的取值;等于所述第一指示信息的取值与第二数值的乘积。该第二数值可以为正整数。Specifically, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the value of the first indication information; equal to the product of the value of the first indication information and the second value. The second numerical value may be a positive integer.
所述第二数值,可以为预设的,或为网络设备配置的,或与第一参数相关;其中,所述第一参数用于表示一个传输资源关联的同步信号块SSB的数量。关于该第二数值的具体说明,与前述实施例是相同的,因此不做赘述。The second value may be preset, or configured for the network device, or related to the first parameter; wherein the first parameter is used to represent the number of synchronization signal blocks SSB associated with one transmission resource. The specific description of the second numerical value is the same as that of the previous embodiment, and therefore will not be described again.
该PRACH的重复传输次数,等于第一指示信息的取值,还是等于第一指示信息的取值与第二数值的乘积,可以为网络设备和终端设备预先配置好的或预先协商好的,只要双方采用同样的方式来确定PRACH的重复传输次数即可。Whether the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the value of the first indication information or equal to the product of the value of the first indication information and the second value can be pre-configured or pre-negotiated by the network device and the terminal device, as long as Both parties can use the same method to determine the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH.
还需要指出,前述第三指定值包括0和1,还是仅包括0,可以与网络设备和终端设备预先配置好的或预先协商好的,确定PRACH的重复传输次数的方式相关。若网络设备和终端设备预先配置好或预先协商好,双方采用确定PRACH的重复传输次数等于第一指示信息的取值,则在这种情况下,只有在第一指示信息的取值大于1的时候,才能保证该PRACH的重复传输次数大于1,因此可以设置前述第三指定值包括0和1。若网络设备和终端设备预先配置好或预先协商好,双方采用确定PRACH的重复传输次数等于第一指示信息的取值与第二数值的乘积,则在这种情况下,前述第三指定值可以包括0和1,也可以仅为0,与双方预先配置的第二数值相关。举例来说,第二数值为预设的或为网络设备配置的这种情况下,若第二数值等于1,只有在第一指示信息的取值大于1的时候,才能保证该PRACH的重复传输次数大于1,因此可以设置前述第三指定值包括0和1;若第二数值大于1,只要第一指示信息的取值不为0,就能够保证该PRACH的重复传输次数大于1,可以设置第三指定值可以包括0。It should also be pointed out that whether the aforementioned third specified value includes 0 and 1, or only 0, may be related to the way in which the network equipment and the terminal equipment are pre-configured or pre-negotiated to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH. If the network equipment and the terminal equipment are pre-configured or negotiated in advance, and both parties determine that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to the value of the first indication information, then in this case, only when the value of the first indication information is greater than 1 time, it can be guaranteed that the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is greater than 1, so the aforementioned third specified value can be set to include 0 and 1. If the network equipment and the terminal equipment are pre-configured or pre-negotiated, and both parties determine that the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH is equal to the product of the value of the first indication information and the second value, then in this case, the aforementioned third specified value can be Including 0 and 1, or only 0, related to the second value pre-configured by both parties. For example, in this case where the second value is preset or configured for the network device, if the second value is equal to 1, repeated transmission of the PRACH can only be guaranteed when the value of the first indication information is greater than 1. The number of times is greater than 1, so the aforementioned third specified value can be set to include 0 and 1; if the second value is greater than 1, as long as the value of the first indication information is not 0, it can be guaranteed that the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is greater than 1, and it can be set The third specified value may include 0.
第二数值与所述第一参数相关这种情况下,假设在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,第二数值等于所述第一参数的倒数,这时只要第一指示信息的取值不为0,就能够保证该PRACH的重复传输次数大于1,可以设置第三指定值可以包括0。假设在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,第二数值等于1,此时,只有在第一指示信息的取值大于1的时候,才能保证该PRACH的重复传输次数大于1,因此可以设置前述第三指定值包括0和1。假设在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,第二数值等于所述第一参数,或在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,第二数值等于一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源的数量,以上两种情况均无法保证第二大于1,因此需要保证第一指示信息的取值大于1,才能够保证该PRACH的重复传输次数大于1,可以设置第三指定值可以包括0和1。In this case, the second numerical value is related to the first parameter. It is assumed that when the first parameter is less than 1, the second numerical value is equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter. In this case, as long as the value of the first indication information If it is not 0, it can be ensured that the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is greater than 1, and the third specified value can be set to include 0. Assume that when the first parameter is not less than 1, the second value is equal to 1. At this time, only when the value of the first indication information is greater than 1, can it be guaranteed that the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is greater than 1, so it can Set the aforementioned third specified value to include 0 and 1. It is assumed that if the first parameter is not less than 1, the second value is equal to the first parameter, or if the first parameter is less than 1, the second value is equal to the first SSB associated within a mapping cycle. The number of second available transmission resources. In the above two cases, there is no guarantee that the second number is greater than 1. Therefore, it is necessary to ensure that the value of the first indication information is greater than 1 to ensure that the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is greater than 1. You can set the third specified number. Values can include 0 and 1.
由于本实施例中,直接使用第一指示信息的取值来指示PRACH的重复传输次数,因此即便采用第一DCI传输该第一指示信息,该第一DCI中的原PRACH mask index都可以保持原协议中的定义。在具体处理时,可以选择结合PRACH mask index来确定目标传输资源,也可以选择不结合PRACH mask index确定目标传输资源。下面对确定多个目标传输资源的方式进行说明:Since in this embodiment, the value of the first indication information is directly used to indicate the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH, even if the first DCI is used to transmit the first indication information, the original PRACH mask index in the first DCI can remain the original Definitions in the Agreement. During specific processing, you can choose to determine the target transmission resources in combination with PRACH mask index, or you can choose not to determine the target transmission resources in combination with PRACH mask index. The following describes the method of determining multiple target transmission resources:
多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源,可以为:第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为以下之一:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。The starting target transmission resource of multiple target transmission resources may be: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following: the first The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource within the first mapping cycle The designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
在第一参数不小于1的情况下,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源与前述实施例可以相同,为:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的唯一的一个可用传输资源。这里不做重复说明。In the case where the first parameter is not less than 1, the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB may be the same as the previous embodiment, which is: the only available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle. Transport resources. No repeated explanation will be given here.
在第一参数小于1的情况下,此时可以使用PRACH mask index,则所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。In the case where the first parameter is less than 1, PRACH mask index can be used at this time, then the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the transmission resource sub-section associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle The first available transmission resource in the set; the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle.
具体的,关于结合PRACH mask index确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集,与前述实施例提供的基于第二指示信息确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集的方式是相同的,不对其进行重复说明;而在确定了所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集之后,可以将第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源,直接作为多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源。Specifically, regarding determining the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB in combination with the PRACH mask index, the method for determining the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB based on the second indication information provided in the previous embodiment is the same. The description will not be repeated; but after determining the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB, the first available transmission resource in the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle can be Directly serves as the starting target transmission resource for multiple target transmission resources.
关于结合PRACH mask index确定所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源,与前述实施例提供的基于第二指示信息确定所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源的方式是相同的,不对其进行重复说明。可以直接将该指定传输资源作为多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源。Regarding determining the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in combination with the PRACH mask index, the method for determining the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB based on the second indication information provided in the previous embodiment is the same, and the description will not be repeated. . The specified transmission resource can be directly used as the starting target transmission resource of multiple target transmission resources.
在第一参数小于1的情况下,此时可以不使用PRACH mask index,则所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源。具体的处理方式与前述第一参数小于1且不结合第二指示信息的取值时确定第一个可用传输资源的说明是相同的,不做赘述。In the case where the first parameter is less than 1, PRACH mask index does not need to be used at this time, then the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is: the first transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle available transmission resources. The specific processing method is the same as the aforementioned description of determining the first available transmission resource when the first parameter is less than 1 and is not combined with the value of the second indication information, and will not be described again.
所述多个目标传输资源可以包括:在一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源。所述一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源,除了前述起始目标传输资源之外,无论多个传输资源是否与所述第一SSB关联,都可以用于进行PRACH的重复传输。具体与前述实施例相同,不做赘述。The plurality of target transmission resources may include: a plurality of consecutive transmission resources within one or more mapping cycles. Multiple consecutive transmission resources within the one or more mapping cycles, in addition to the aforementioned starting target transmission resource, can be used for repeated transmission of PRACH regardless of whether the multiple transmission resources are associated with the first SSB. The details are the same as the previous embodiments and will not be described again.
或者,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环中每个映射循环内,第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源。其中,所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,包括以下之一:所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源;起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源为指定传输资源。Alternatively, the plurality of target transmission resources include: second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within each mapping cycle in one or more mapping cycles. Wherein, the second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB; multiple available transmission resources in a subset of the transmission resources associated with the first SSB Transmission resources; the designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB; one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB between the starting available transmission resources and the ending available transmission resources; the starting available transmission resources and/or End available transmission resources are designated transmission resources.
关于这种情况下,第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源的确定方式,与前述实施例中第一参数小于1且结合第二指示信息的处理方式,第一参数小于1且不结合第二指示信息的处理方式,第一参数不小于1的处理方式的具体说明,均为相同的,因此不做重复说明。In this case, the method of determining the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the same as the processing method in the previous embodiment in which the first parameter is less than 1 and is combined with the second indication information. The first parameter is less than 1 and is not combined with the second indication information. The processing method of the indication information and the specific description of the processing method if the first parameter is not less than 1 are all the same, so repeated descriptions will not be made.
在一些可能的实施方式中,网络设备可以通过该第一指示信息隐式指示终端设备是否进行PRACH的重复传输的情况下,可以通过第一指示信息的取值,指示结束目标传输资源。具体的,该第一指示信息的取值,可以为结束目标传输资源的索引号。该第一指示信息的取值至少可以不为0。相应的,这种实施方式中,可以配置前述第三指定值为0。关于该第一指示信息的取值范围,可以根据实际情况配置的。In some possible implementations, the network device may use the first indication information to implicitly indicate whether the terminal device performs repeated transmission of PRACH, and may use the value of the first indication information to indicate the end of the target transmission resource. Specifically, the value of the first indication information may be the index number of the end target transmission resource. The value of the first indication information may at least be different from 0. Correspondingly, in this implementation, the aforementioned third specified value can be configured as 0. The value range of the first indication information can be configured according to the actual situation.
可选地,网络设备可以预先得知终端设备使用的第一SSB,也可以得知该第一SSB关联的可用传输资源,若该网络设备不期望终端设备使用其他设备的其他SSB的传输资源,则可以控制该第一指示信息的取值范围,小于或等于一个映射循环中,第一SSB能够关联的可用传输资源的最大索引号,并且大于该第一SSB能够关联的可用传输资源的最小索引号。此时,假设第一参数为1/4,该第一SSB为SSB1,该SSB1在一个映射循环中能够关联的可用传输资源的最大索引号为4、最小索引号为1,则该第一指示信息的取值范围可以为1(可以不包含1)~4(包含4)。Optionally, the network device can know in advance the first SSB used by the terminal device, and can also know the available transmission resources associated with the first SSB. If the network device does not expect the terminal device to use the transmission resources of other SSBs of other devices, Then the value range of the first indication information can be controlled to be less than or equal to the maximum index number of the available transmission resources that the first SSB can be associated with in a mapping cycle, and greater than the minimum index of the available transmission resources that the first SSB can be associated with. Number. At this time, assuming that the first parameter is 1/4, the first SSB is SSB1, and the maximum index number of available transmission resources that can be associated with SSB1 in a mapping cycle is 4 and the minimum index number is 1, then the first indication The value range of the information can be 1 (may not include 1) to 4 (including 4).
可选地,网络设备可以预先得知一个映射循环的包含的传输资源的总数量,若该网络设备不期望终端设备使用多个映射循环进行PRACH的重复传输,则可以控制该第一指示信息的取值范围,小于或等于一个映射循环中的最大索引号,并且大于该第一SSB能够关联的可用传输资源的最小索引号。假设第一参数为1/4且系统中一共有8个SSB,则一个映射循环可以包括32个RO;假设第一SSB为SSB 2,则其能够关联的可用传输资源的最小索引号为5可以确定该第一指示信息的取值范围包括5(不包含5)~32。Optionally, the network device can know in advance the total number of transmission resources included in a mapping cycle. If the network device does not expect the terminal device to use multiple mapping cycles for repeated transmission of PRACH, the network device can control the first indication information. The value range is less than or equal to the maximum index number in a mapping cycle and greater than the minimum index number of available transmission resources that the first SSB can be associated with. Assuming that the first parameter is 1/4 and there are 8 SSBs in the system, a mapping cycle can include 32 ROs; assuming that the first SSB is SSB 2, the minimum index number of available transmission resources that can be associated with it is 5. It is determined that the value range of the first indication information includes 5 (excluding 5) and 32.
可选地,网络设备可以预先得知一个映射循环的包含的传输资源的总数量,若该网络设备允许终端 设备使用多个映射循环进行PRACH的重复传输,则可以配置该第一指示信息的取值范围,大于该第一SSB在第一个映射循环中能够关联的可用传输资源的最小索引号。假设第一参数为2且系统中一共有8个SSB,则一个映射循环可以包括4个RO;假设第一SSB为SSB 3,则其能够关联的可用传输资源的最小索引号为2可以确定该第一指示信息的取值范围大于2。假设此时第一指示信息的取值为6,则结束目标RO为第二个映射循环中的第2个RO。Optionally, the network device can know in advance the total number of transmission resources included in a mapping cycle. If the network device allows the terminal device to use multiple mapping cycles for repeated transmission of PRACH, the network device can configure the acquisition of the first indication information. The value range is greater than the smallest index number of available transmission resources that the first SSB can be associated with in the first mapping cycle. Assuming that the first parameter is 2 and there are 8 SSBs in the system, a mapping cycle can include 4 ROs; assuming that the first SSB is SSB 3, the minimum index number of the available transmission resources that can be associated with it is 2. This can be determined The value range of the first indication information is greater than 2. Assume that the value of the first indication information at this time is 6, then the end target RO is the second RO in the second mapping cycle.
本实施方式中,所述多个目标传输资源,可以包括:起始目标传输资源至所述结束目标传输资源之间的连续的多个传输资源。这种情况下,无论起始目标传输资源至结束目标传输资源之间,是否为终端设备使用的第一SSB所关联的传输资源,都可以作为该多个目标传输资源,用于该终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输。或者,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:起始目标传输资源至所述结束目标传输资源之间的第一SSB关联的多个可用传输资源。In this embodiment, the plurality of target transmission resources may include: a plurality of consecutive transmission resources between the starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource. In this case, regardless of whether the starting target transmission resource to the end target transmission resource is the transmission resource associated with the first SSB used by the terminal device, it can be used as the multiple target transmission resources for the terminal device to perform Repeated transmission of PRACH. Alternatively, the plurality of target transmission resources include: multiple available transmission resources of the first SSB association between the starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
这种情况下,若第一指示信息的取值所指示的传输资源不是第一SSB关联的可用传输资源,则可以将该结束目标传输资源之前的第一SSB关联的最后一个可用传输资源,作为结束目标传输资源。通常情况下,由于网络设备可以得知该第一SSB,因此在第一指示信息中所指示的传输资源为该第一SSB所关联的可用传输资源。In this case, if the transmission resource indicated by the value of the first indication information is not an available transmission resource associated with the first SSB, the last available transmission resource associated with the first SSB before the end target transmission resource can be used as End the target transfer resource. Normally, since the network device can know the first SSB, the transmission resources indicated in the first indication information are the available transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
进一步地,本情况下,起始目标传输资源至结束目标传输资源之间,只有该第一SSB关联的可用传输资源,才可以作为该多个目标传输资源,用于该终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输。Further, in this case, between the starting target transmission resource and the ending target transmission resource, only the available transmission resources associated with the first SSB can be used as the multiple target transmission resources for the terminal device to repeat PRACH. transmission.
本实施例中,前述多个目标传输资源的起始目标传输资源,为第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为以下之一:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。In this embodiment, the starting target transmission resource of the plurality of target transmission resources is the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following : the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first mapping The specified transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the loop.
具体的,该第一SSB关联的传输资源子集,可以是在第一参数小于1的情况下,基于第二指示信息的取值确定的,该第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内。所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为,第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源。关于该第二指示信息的说明,以及该第一SSB关联的传输资源子集的说明,与前述实施例相同,不做赘述。Specifically, the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB may be determined based on the value of the second indication information when the first parameter is less than 1, and the value of the second indication information is within the first value. within the range. The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle. The description of the second indication information and the description of the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB are the same as the previous embodiments and will not be described again.
该第一SSB关联的指定传输资源,可以是在第一参数小于1的情况下,基于第二指示信息的取值确定的,该第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围内。所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为,第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。关于该第二指示信息的说明,以及该第一SSB关联的指定传输资源的说明,与前述实施例相同,不做赘述。The designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB may be determined based on the value of the second indication information when the first parameter is less than 1, and the value of the second indication information is within the second value range. The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle. The description of the second indication information and the description of the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB are the same as the previous embodiments and will not be described again.
前述均针对了第一参数小于1的情况进行的说明。在第一参数不小于1的情况下,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为,第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;这种情况中,由于第一参数不小于1,因此一个映射循环可以仅包含第一SSB关联的唯一的一个可用传输资源,该唯一的一个可用传输资源即第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源。The foregoing descriptions are all directed to the case where the first parameter is less than 1. In the case where the first parameter is not less than 1, the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; in this case , since the first parameter is not less than 1, a mapping cycle may only include the only available transmission resource associated with the first SSB, and the only available transmission resource is the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
还有一种示例,可以对第二指示信息的取值重新进行定义,使得该第二指示信息的取值仅用于指示一个指定的传输资源的索引号。相应的,终端设备可以基于该第二指示信息的取值,直接确定一个指定传输资源的索引号,将该指定传输资源作为起始目标传输资源。In another example, the value of the second indication information can be redefined so that the value of the second indication information is only used to indicate the index number of a specified transmission resource. Correspondingly, the terminal device can directly determine the index number of a designated transmission resource based on the value of the second indication information, and use the designated transmission resource as the starting target transmission resource.
最后需要指出的是,本实施例以上全部方案中涉及到的PRACH的重复传输,可以用于四步随机接入(比如其中的msg 1)或用于两步随机接入(比如其中的msg A),均在本实施例的保护范围内。Finally, it should be pointed out that the repeated transmission of PRACH involved in all the above solutions of this embodiment can be used for four-step random access (such as msg 1) or for two-step random access (such as msg A) ), are all within the protection scope of this embodiment.
可见,通过采用上述方案,就可以指示终端设备是否进行PRACH的重复传输。如此,可以使得终端设备增加使能PRACH的重复传输的功能,进而在需要的时候基于网络设备的指示进行PRACH的重复传输。如此,使得终端设备能够支持PRACH进行重复传输,进而可以保证在重复传输PRACH的情况下增强PRACH的覆盖。It can be seen that by adopting the above solution, the terminal device can be instructed whether to perform repeated transmission of PRACH. In this way, the terminal device can be added with the function of enabling repeated transmission of PRACH, and then perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on instructions from the network device when necessary. In this way, the terminal equipment can support repeated transmission of PRACH, thereby ensuring that the coverage of PRACH is enhanced when PRACH is repeatedly transmitted.
图15是根据本申请一实施例的终端设备的示意性框图。该终端设备可以包括:Figure 15 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. The terminal equipment may include:
第一通信单元1501,用于接收第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示是否进行物理随机接入信道PRACH的重复传输。The first communication unit 1501 is configured to receive first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
所述终端设备还包括:第一处理单元1502,用于在基于所述第一指示信息确定进行PRACH的重复传输的情况下,在多个目标传输资源上进行PRACH的重复传输;其中,所述多个目标传输资源中每个目标传输资源用于进行一次PRACH的传输。The terminal equipment further includes: a first processing unit 1502, configured to perform repeated transmission of PRACH on multiple target transmission resources when it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the first indication information; wherein, the Each of the multiple target transmission resources is used for one PRACH transmission.
所述第一处理单元1502,用于在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输;和/或,在所述第一指示信息的取值为第二指定值的情况下,确定不进行PRACH的重复传输。The first processing unit 1502 is configured to determine to perform repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value; and/or, when the value of the first indication information is If it is the second specified value, it is determined not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
所述PRACH的重复传输次数,与第一参数相关,其中,所述第一参数用于表示一个传输资源关联的SSB的数量。The number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is related to a first parameter, where the first parameter is used to represent the number of SSBs associated with one transmission resource.
在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一参数;等于第一预设值。When the first parameter is not less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the first parameter; equal to the first preset value.
所述第一处理单元1502,用于在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值、且所述第一参数小于1的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输。The first processing unit 1502 is configured to determine to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value and the first parameter is less than 1.
在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一参数的倒数;等于第二预设值。When the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter; equal to the second preset value.
所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于所述第一参数的倒数与所述第二预设值中的最小值。The number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the minimum value of the reciprocal of the first parameter and the second preset value.
在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源的数量。When the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the number of first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in one mapping cycle.
所述第一处理单元,用于在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值、所述第一参数小于1、第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输。The first processing unit is configured to: when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, the first parameter is less than 1, and the value of the second indication information is within the first value range , determine to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
所述第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源,包括:所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源。The first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include: multiple available transmission resources in a subset of the transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
所述第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源,包括以下之一:所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的多个可用传输资源;其中,所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源,为所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。The first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB; the starting available transmission resources to the ending available transmission resources associated with the first SSB multiple available transmission resources; wherein, the starting available transmission resource and/or the ending available transmission resource are designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
所述第一通信单元1501,用于接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息携带第一数值,所述第一数值用于确定PRACH的重复传输次数。The first communication unit 1501 is configured to receive third indication information, where the third indication information carries a first numerical value, and the first numerical value is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一数值;等于所述第一数值与第二数值的乘积。The number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the first value; equal to the product of the first value and the second value.
所述第一处理单元1502,用于所述第一指示信息的取值不为第三指定值的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输;和/或,在所述第一指示信息的取值为第三指定值的情况下,确定不进行PRACH的重复传输。The first processing unit 1502 is used to determine to perform repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is not a third specified value; and/or, when the value of the first indication information is not the third specified value, If it is the third specified value, it is determined not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
所述第一指示信息的取值,用于确定PRACH的重复传输次数。The value of the first indication information is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一指示信息的取值;等于所述第一指示信息的取值与第二数值的乘积。The number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the value of the first indication information; equal to the product of the value of the first indication information and the second value.
所述第二数值,为预设的,或为网络设备配置的,或与第一参数相关;其中,所述第一参数用于表示一个传输资源关联的同步信号块SSB的数量。The second value is preset, or configured for the network device, or is related to the first parameter; wherein the first parameter is used to represent the number of synchronization signal blocks SSB associated with one transmission resource.
所述第二数值与所述第一参数相关的情况下,为以下之一:在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,等于所述第一参数的倒数;在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,等于1;在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,等于所述第一参数;在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,等于一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源的数量。When the second numerical value is related to the first parameter, it is one of the following: when the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter; when the first parameter is not less than In the case of 1, it is equal to 1; in the case of the first parameter is not less than 1, it is equal to the first parameter; in the case of the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the first SSB associated in a mapping cycle The second amount of available transmission resources.
所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源。The multiple target transmission resources include: multiple consecutive transmission resources within one or more mapping cycles.
所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源。The plurality of target transmission resources include: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle.
所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环中每个映射循环内,第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源。The plurality of target transmission resources include: second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in each mapping cycle of one or more mapping cycles.
所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,包括以下之一:所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源;第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的一个或多个可用传输资源;其中,所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源,为所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。The second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB; multiple available transmission resources in a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB ; The specified transmission resource associated with the first SSB; one or more available transmission resources between the starting available transmission resource and the end available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein, the starting available transmission resource and/or End available transmission resources, which are designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
所述第一指示信息的取值为结束目标传输资源的索引号。The value of the first indication information is the index number of the end target transmission resource.
所述多个目标传输资源,包括:起始目标传输资源至所述结束目标传输资源之间的连续的多个传输资源。The plurality of target transmission resources include: a plurality of consecutive transmission resources between the starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
所述多个目标传输资源,包括:起始目标传输资源至所述结束目标传输资源之间的第一SSB关联的多个可用传输资源。The plurality of target transmission resources include: a plurality of available transmission resources associated with the first SSB between the starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
所述多个目标传输资源中的起始目标传输资源,为第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为以下之一:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。The starting target transmission resource among the plurality of target transmission resources is the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following: first The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource within the first mapping cycle Specified transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,用于确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集。If the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, it is used to determine a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围内的情况下,用于确定所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。If the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, it is used to determine the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
所述映射循环包括:多个SSB映射的传输资源;所述多个SSB中包含所述第一SSB。The mapping cycle includes: transmission resources mapped by multiple SSBs; the multiple SSBs include the first SSB.
所述第一SSB为所述终端设备使用的SSB,所述第一SSB为基于第四指示信息确定的,所述第四指示信息由第一DCI携带。The first SSB is the SSB used by the terminal device, and the first SSB is determined based on fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is carried by the first DCI.
所述传输资源为PRACH时机。The transmission resource is a PRACH opportunity.
所述第二指示信息,由第一DCI携带。The second indication information is carried by the first DCI.
所述第三指示信息,由以下之一携带:下行控制信息DCI、无线资源控制RRC信令。The third indication information is carried by one of the following: downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
所述第三指示信息,由第一DCI携带。The third indication information is carried by the first DCI.
所述第一指示信息,由以下之一携带:下行控制信息DCI、无线资源控制RRC信令。The first indication information is carried by one of the following: downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
所述第一指示信息,由第一DCI中携带。The first indication information is carried in the first DCI.
所述第一DCI的格式为DCI格式1_0。The format of the first DCI is DCI format 1_0.
本申请实施例的终端设备能够实现前述的方法实施例中的终端设备的对应功能。该终端设备中的各个模块(子模块、单元或组件等)对应的流程、功能、实现方式以及有益效果,可参见上述方法实施例中的对应描述,在此不再赘述。需要说明,关于申请实施例的终端设备中的各个模块(子模块、单元或组件等)所描述的功能,可以由不同的模块(子模块、单元或组件等)实现,也可以由同一个模块(子模块、单元或组件等)实现。The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application can implement the corresponding functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment. For the corresponding processes, functions, implementation methods and beneficial effects of each module (sub-module, unit or component, etc.) in the terminal device, please refer to the corresponding description in the above method embodiment, and will not be described again here. It should be noted that the functions described for each module (sub-module, unit or component, etc.) in the terminal device of the application embodiment can be implemented by different modules (sub-module, unit or component, etc.), or can be implemented by the same module. (Submodule, unit or component, etc.) implementation.
图16是根据本申请一实施例的网络设备的示意性框图。该网络设备可以包括:Figure 16 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. This network equipment can include:
第二通信单元1601,用于发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备是否进行物理随机接入信道PRACH的重复传输。The second communication unit 1601 is configured to send first indication information; the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
所述网络设备还包括:第二处理单元1602,用于在所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输的情况下,在多个目标传输资源上,接收重复传输的PRACH;其中,所述多个目标传输资源中每个目标传输资源用于进行一次PRACH的传输。The network device further includes: a second processing unit 1602, configured to receive the repeatedly transmitted PRACH on multiple target transmission resources when the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; Wherein, each target transmission resource among the plurality of target transmission resources is used for one PRACH transmission.
所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值的情况下,用于指示所述终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输;和/或,所述第一指示信息的取值为第二指定值的情况下,用于指示所述终端设备不进行PRACH的重复传输。When the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; and/or, the value of the first indication information is a second specified value. In this case, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
所述PRACH的重复传输次数,与第一参数相关,其中,所述第一参数用于表示一个传输资源关联的SSB的数量。The number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is related to a first parameter, where the first parameter is used to represent the number of SSBs associated with one transmission resource.
在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一参数;等于第一预设值。When the first parameter is not less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the first parameter; equal to the first preset value.
所述第二处理单元1602,用于在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值、且所述第一参数小于1的情况下,确定所述终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输。The second processing unit 1602 is configured to determine that the terminal equipment performs repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value and the first parameter is less than 1.
在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一参数的倒数;等于第二预设值。When the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter; equal to the second preset value.
所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于第一参数的倒数与第二预设值中的最小值。The number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the minimum value of the reciprocal of the first parameter and the second preset value.
在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源的数量。When the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the number of first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in one mapping cycle.
所述第二处理单元,用于在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值、所述第一参数小于1、第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,确定所述终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输。The second processing unit is configured to: when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, the first parameter is less than 1, and the value of the second indication information is within the first value range , determining that the terminal equipment performs repeated transmission of PRACH.
所述第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源,包括:所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源。The first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include: multiple available transmission resources in a subset of the transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
所述第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源,包括以下之一:所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的多个可用传输资源;其中,所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源,为所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。The first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB; the starting available transmission resources to the ending available transmission resources associated with the first SSB multiple available transmission resources; wherein, the starting available transmission resource and/or the ending available transmission resource are designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
所述第二通信单元,用于发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息携带第一数值,所述第一数值用于所述终端设备确定PRACH的重复传输次数。The second communication unit is configured to send third indication information, where the third indication information carries a first value, and the first value is used by the terminal device to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一数值;等于所述第一数值与第二数值的乘积。The number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the first value; equal to the product of the first value and the second value.
所述第一指示信息的取值不为第三指定值的情况下,用于指示所述终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输;和/或,在所述第一指示信息的取值为第三指定值的情况下,用于指示所述终端设备不进行PRACH的重复传输。When the value of the first indication information is not the third specified value, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; and/or, when the value of the first indication information is the third specified value In the case of a value, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
所述第一指示信息的取值,用于所述终端设备确定PRACH的重复传输次数。The value of the first indication information is used by the terminal equipment to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一指示信息的取值;等于所述第一指示信息的取值与第二数值的乘积。The number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the value of the first indication information; equal to the product of the value of the first indication information and the second value.
所述第二数值,为预设的,或为网络设备为终端设备配置的,或与第一参数相关;其中,所述第一 参数用于表示一个传输资源关联的同步信号块SSB的数量。The second value is preset, or is configured by the network device for the terminal device, or is related to the first parameter; wherein the first parameter is used to represent the number of synchronization signal blocks SSB associated with a transmission resource.
所述第二数值与所述第一参数相关的情况下,为以下之一:在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,等于所述第一参数的倒数;在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,等于1;在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,等于所述第一参数;在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,等于一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源的数量。When the second numerical value is related to the first parameter, it is one of the following: when the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter; when the first parameter is not less than In the case of 1, it is equal to 1; in the case of the first parameter is not less than 1, it is equal to the first parameter; in the case of the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the first SSB associated in a mapping cycle The second amount of available transmission resources.
所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源。The multiple target transmission resources include: multiple consecutive transmission resources within one or more mapping cycles.
所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源。The plurality of target transmission resources include: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle.
所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环中每个映射循环内,第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源。The plurality of target transmission resources include: second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in each mapping cycle of one or more mapping cycles.
所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,包括以下之一:所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源;第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的一个或多个可用传输资源;其中,所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源,为所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。The second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB; multiple available transmission resources in a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB ; The specified transmission resource associated with the first SSB; one or more available transmission resources between the starting available transmission resource and the end available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein, the starting available transmission resource and/or End available transmission resources, which are designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
所述第一指示信息的取值为结束目标传输资源的索引号。The value of the first indication information is the index number of the end target transmission resource.
所述多个目标传输资源,包括:起始目标传输资源至所述结束目标传输资源之间的连续的多个传输资源。The plurality of target transmission resources include: a plurality of consecutive transmission resources between the starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
所述多个目标传输资源,包括:起始目标传输资源至所述结束目标传输资源之间的第一SSB关联的多个可用传输资源。The plurality of target transmission resources include: a plurality of available transmission resources associated with the first SSB between the starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
所述多个目标传输资源中的起始目标传输资源,为第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为以下之一:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。The starting target transmission resource among the plurality of target transmission resources is the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following: first The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB within the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource within the first mapping cycle Specified transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
所述第二通信单元,用于发送第二指示信息;所述第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,用于所述终端设备确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集。The second communication unit is configured to send second indication information; when the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, it is used by the terminal device to determine the transmission of the first SSB association. Resource subset.
所述第二通信单元,用于发送第二指示信息;所述第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围内的情况下,用于所述终端设备确定所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。The second communication unit is configured to send second indication information; when the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, the terminal device is used to determine the designation of the first SSB association. Transport resources.
所述映射循环包括:多个SSB映射的传输资源;所述多个SSB中包含所述第一SSB。The mapping cycle includes: transmission resources mapped by multiple SSBs; the multiple SSBs include the first SSB.
所述第二通信单元,用于发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于所述终端设备确定所述第一SSB,所述第一SSB为所述终端设备使用的SSB;所述第四指示信息由第一DCI携带。The second communication unit is configured to send fourth indication information, the fourth indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the first SSB, and the first SSB is the SSB used by the terminal device; The fourth indication information is carried by the first DCI.
所述传输资源为PRACH时机。所述第二指示信息,由第一DCI携带。The transmission resource is a PRACH opportunity. The second indication information is carried by the first DCI.
所述第三指示信息,由以下之一携带:下行控制信息DCI、无线资源控制RRC信令。The third indication information is carried by one of the following: downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
所述第三指示信息,由第一DCI携带。The third indication information is carried by the first DCI.
所述第一指示信息,由以下之一携带:下行控制信息DCI、无线资源控制RRC信令。The first indication information is carried by one of the following: downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
所述第一指示信息,由第一DCI携带。The first indication information is carried by the first DCI.
所述第一DCI的格式为DCI格式1_0。The format of the first DCI is DCI format 1_0.
本申请实施例的网络设备能够实现前述的方法实施例中的网络设备的对应功能。该网络设备中的各个模块(子模块、单元或组件等)对应的流程、功能、实现方式以及有益效果,可参见上述方法实施例中的对应描述,在此不再赘述。需要说明,关于申请实施例的网络设备中的各个模块(子模块、单元或组件等)所描述的功能,可以由不同的模块(子模块、单元或组件等)实现,也可以由同一个模块(子模块、单元或组件等)实现。The network device in the embodiment of the present application can implement the corresponding functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. For the corresponding processes, functions, implementation methods and beneficial effects of each module (sub-module, unit or component, etc.) in the network device, please refer to the corresponding description in the above method embodiment, and will not be described again here. It should be noted that the functions described for each module (sub-module, unit or component, etc.) in the network device of the application embodiment can be implemented by different modules (sub-module, unit or component, etc.), or can be implemented by the same module. (Submodule, unit or component, etc.) implementation.
图17是根据本申请实施例的通信设备1700示意性结构图。该通信设备1700包括处理器1710,处理器1710可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以使通信设备1700实现本申请实施例中的方法。Figure 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1700 according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1700 includes a processor 1710, and the processor 1710 can call and run a computer program from the memory, so that the communication device 1700 implements the method in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种实施方式中,通信设备1700还可以包括存储器1720。其中,处理器1710可以从存储器1720中调用并运行计算机程序,以使通信设备1700实现本申请实施例中的方法。其中,存储器1720可以是独立于处理器1710的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器1710中。在一种实施方式中,通信设备1700还可以包括收发器1730,处理器1710可以控制该收发器1730与其他设备进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备发送信息或数据,或接收其他设备发送的信息或数据。其中,收发器1730可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器1730还可以进一步包括天线,天线的数量可以为一个或多个。在一种实施方式中,该通信设备1700可为本申请实施例的终端设备,并且该通信设备1700可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。在一种实施方式中,该通信设备1700可为本申请实施例的网络设备,并且该通信设备1700可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In one implementation, communication device 1700 may also include memory 1720. The processor 1710 can call and run the computer program from the memory 1720, so that the communication device 1700 implements the method in the embodiment of the present application. The memory 1720 may be a separate device independent of the processor 1710 , or may be integrated into the processor 1710 . In one implementation, the communication device 1700 may further include a transceiver 1730, and the processor 1710 may control the transceiver 1730 to communicate with other devices. Specifically, the communication device 1700 may send information or data to other devices, or receive information sent by other devices. information or data. Among them, the transceiver 1730 may include a transmitter and a receiver. The transceiver 1730 may further include an antenna, and the number of antennas may be one or more. In one implementation, the communication device 1700 can be a terminal device in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1700 can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, this is not mentioned here. Again. In one implementation, the communication device 1700 may be a network device according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1700 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, the communication device 1700 will not be mentioned here. Again.
图18是根据本申请实施例的芯片1800的示意性结构图。该芯片1800包括处理器1810,处理器1810可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。在一种实施方式中,芯片1800还可以包括存储器1820。其中,处理器1810可以从存储器1820中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中由终端设备、或网络设备执行的方法。其中,存储器1820可以是独立于处理器1810的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器1810中。在一种实施方式中,该芯片1800还可以包括输入接口1830。其中,处理器1810可以控制该输入接口1830与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以获取其他设备或芯片发送的信息或数据。在一种实施方式中,该芯片1800还可以包括输出接口1840。其中,处理器1810可以控制该输出接口1840与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备或芯片输出信息或数据。在一种实施方式中,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的终端设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。在一种实施方式中,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip 1800 according to an embodiment of the present application. The chip 1800 includes a processor 1810, and the processor 1810 can call and run a computer program from the memory to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application. In one implementation, chip 1800 may also include memory 1820. The processor 1810 can call and run the computer program from the memory 1820 to implement the method executed by the terminal device or network device in the embodiment of the present application. The memory 1820 may be a separate device independent of the processor 1810 , or may be integrated into the processor 1810 . In one implementation, the chip 1800 may also include an input interface 1830. The processor 1810 can control the input interface 1830 to communicate with other devices or chips. Specifically, it can obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips. In one implementation, the chip 1800 may also include an output interface 1840. The processor 1810 can control the output interface 1840 to communicate with other devices or chips. Specifically, it can output information or data to other devices or chips. In one implementation, the chip can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details will not be repeated here. . In one implementation, the chip can be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of simplicity, they will not be described again. .
应用于终端设备和网络设备的芯片可以是相同的芯片或不同的芯片。应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。The chips used in terminal equipment and network equipment can be the same chip or different chips. It should be understood that the chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
上述提及的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、现成可编程门阵列(Field programmable gate array,FPGA)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。其中,上述提到的通用处理器可以是微处理器或者也可以是任何常规的处理器等。The processor mentioned above can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or Other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The above-mentioned general processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
上述提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)。The memory mentioned above may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM).
应理解,上述存储器为示例性但不是限制性说明,例如,本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)以及直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)等等。也就是说,本申请实施例中的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be understood that the above memory is an exemplary but not restrictive description. For example, the memory in the embodiment of the present application can also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM) and so on. That is, memories in embodiments of the present application are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
图19是根据本申请实施例的通信系统1900的示意性框图。该通信系统1900包括终端设备1910、网络设备1920。终端设备1910,用于执行上述的通信方法;网络设备1920,用于执行上述的通信方法。其中,该终端设备1910可以用于实现上述方法中由终端设备实现的相应的功能,该网络设备1920可以用于实现上述方法中由网络设备实现的相应的功能。为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Figure 19 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 1900 according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication system 1900 includes a terminal device 1910 and a network device 1920. The terminal device 1910 is used to perform the above communication method; the network device 1920 is used to perform the above communication method. The terminal device 1910 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the terminal device in the above method, and the network device 1920 can be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the network device in the above method. For the sake of brevity, no further details will be given here.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行该计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例中的流程或功能。该计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(Digital Subscriber Line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(Solid State Disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted over a wired connection from a website, computer, server, or data center (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. The available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk (SSD)), etc.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
以上所述仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以该权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. are covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (157)

  1. 一种通信方法,包括:A method of communication including:
    终端设备接收第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示是否进行物理随机接入信道PRACH的重复传输。The terminal equipment receives first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    在基于所述第一指示信息确定进行PRACH的重复传输的情况下,所述终端设备在多个目标传输资源上进行PRACH的重复传输;其中,所述多个目标传输资源中每个目标传输资源用于进行一次PRACH的传输。When it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the first indication information, the terminal device performs repeated transmission of PRACH on multiple target transmission resources; wherein each target transmission resource in the multiple target transmission resources Used for a PRACH transmission.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 2, further comprising:
    所述终端设备在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输;When the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, the terminal device determines to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH;
    和/或,所述终端设备在所述第一指示信息的取值为第二指定值的情况下,确定不进行PRACH的重复传输。And/or, when the value of the first indication information is the second specified value, the terminal device determines not to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数与第一参数相关,其中,所述第一参数用于表示一个传输资源关联的SSB的数量。The method according to claim 3, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is related to a first parameter, wherein the first parameter is used to represent the number of SSBs associated with one transmission resource.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一参数;等于第一预设值。The method according to claim 4, wherein when the first parameter is not less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the first parameter; equal to a first preset value .
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,所述终端设备在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输,包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the terminal device determines to perform repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, including:
    所述终端设备在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值、且所述第一参数小于1的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输。The terminal equipment determines to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value and the first parameter is less than 1.
  7. 根据权利要求4或6所述的方法,其中,在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一参数的倒数;等于第二预设值。The method according to claim 4 or 6, wherein when the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter; equal to the second default value.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于所述第一参数的倒数与所述第二预设值中的最小值。The method according to claim 7, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the minimum value of the reciprocal of the first parameter and the second preset value.
  9. 根据权利要求4或6所述的方法,其中,在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源的数量。The method according to claim 4 or 6, wherein when the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the number of first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB in one mapping cycle. .
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述终端设备在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输,包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the terminal device determines to perform repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, including:
    所述终端设备在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值、所述第一参数小于1、第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输。The terminal equipment determines to perform PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, the first parameter is less than 1, and the value of the second indication information is within the first value range. Repeat the transfer.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源,包括:The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB includes:
    所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源。A plurality of available transmission resources in a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  12. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源,包括以下之一:The method according to claim 9, wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB includes one of the following:
    所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;One or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB;
    所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的多个可用传输资源;其中,所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源,为所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。Multiple available transmission resources between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource of the first SSB association; wherein the starting available transmission resource and/or the ending available transmission resource are the first SSB association designated transmission resources.
  13. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 3, further comprising:
    所述终端设备接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息携带第一数值,所述第一数值用于确定PRACH的重复传输次数。The terminal equipment receives third indication information, the third indication information carries a first value, and the first value is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:The method according to claim 13, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following:
    等于所述第一数值;equal to the first value;
    等于所述第一数值与第二数值的乘积。Is equal to the product of the first value and the second value.
  15. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 2, further comprising:
    所述终端设备在所述第一指示信息的取值不为第三指定值的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输;When the value of the first indication information is not the third specified value, the terminal device determines to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH;
    和/或,所述终端设备在所述第一指示信息的取值为第三指定值的情况下,确定不进行PRACH的重复传输。And/or, when the value of the first indication information is a third specified value, the terminal equipment determines not to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息的取值,用于确定PRACH的重复传输次数。The method according to claim 15, wherein the value of the first indication information is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:The method according to claim 16, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following:
    等于所述第一指示信息的取值;Equal to the value of the first indication information;
    等于所述第一指示信息的取值与第二数值的乘积。It is equal to the product of the value of the first indication information and the second value.
  18. 根据权利要求14或17所述的方法,其中,所述第二数值,为预设的,或为网络设备配置的, 或与第一参数相关;其中,所述第一参数用于表示一个传输资源关联的同步信号块SSB的数量。The method according to claim 14 or 17, wherein the second value is preset, or configured for a network device, or related to a first parameter; wherein the first parameter is used to represent a transmission The number of synchronization signal blocks SSB associated with the resource.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中,所述第二数值与所述第一参数相关的情况下,为以下之一:The method according to claim 18, wherein when the second numerical value is related to the first parameter, it is one of the following:
    在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,等于所述第一参数的倒数;When the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter;
    在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,等于1;In the case where the first parameter is not less than 1, it is equal to 1;
    在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,等于所述第一参数;When the first parameter is not less than 1, it is equal to the first parameter;
    在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,等于一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源的数量。In the case where the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the number of second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within one mapping cycle.
  20. 根据权利要求2-19任一项所述的方法,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源。The method according to any one of claims 2 to 19, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: multiple consecutive transmission resources within one or more mapping cycles.
  21. 根据权利要求9-12任一项所述的方法,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:The method according to any one of claims 9-12, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include:
    在一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源。The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle.
  22. 根据权利要求2-8、13-19任一项所述的方法,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环中每个映射循环内,第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源。The method according to any one of claims 2-8 and 13-19, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: within each mapping cycle in one or more mapping cycles, the first SSB associated 2. Available transmission resources.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其中,所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,包括以下之一:The method according to claim 22, wherein the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB includes one of the following:
    所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;One or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB;
    所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源;A plurality of available transmission resources in the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB;
    所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源;The designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB;
    所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的一个或多个可用传输资源;其中,所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源,为所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。One or more available transmission resources between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the starting available transmission resource and/or the ending available transmission resource are the first Specified transmission resources associated with SSB.
  24. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息的取值为结束目标传输资源的索引号。The method according to claim 15, wherein the value of the first indication information is an index number of the end target transmission resource.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:起始目标传输资源至所述结束目标传输资源之间的连续的多个传输资源。The method according to claim 24, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: a plurality of consecutive transmission resources between a starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
  26. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:起始目标传输资源至所述结束目标传输资源之间的第一SSB关联的多个可用传输资源。The method according to claim 24, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: a plurality of available transmission resources of the first SSB association between the starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
  27. 根据权利要求20-26任一项所述的方法,其中,所述多个目标传输资源中的起始目标传输资源,为第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;The method according to any one of claims 20 to 26, wherein the starting target transmission resource among the plurality of target transmission resources is the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB;
    其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为以下之一:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。Wherein, the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource associated with the first mapping cycle The first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the SSB; the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle.
  28. 根据权利要求11、23、27任一项所述的方法,其中,第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,用于确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集。The method according to any one of claims 11, 23, and 27, wherein when the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, it is used to determine the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB. .
  29. 根据权利要求12、23、27任一项所述的方法,其中,第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围内的情况下,用于确定所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。The method according to any one of claims 12, 23, and 27, wherein if the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, it is used to determine the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  30. 根据权利要求9、19-22任一项所述的方法,其中,所述映射循环包括:多个SSB映射的传输资源;所述多个SSB中包含所述第一SSB。The method according to any one of claims 9 and 19-22, wherein the mapping cycle includes: transmission resources mapped by multiple SSBs; the multiple SSBs include the first SSB.
  31. 根据权利要求9、11、12、19、21-23、26-30任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一SSB为所述终端设备使用的SSB,所述第一SSB为基于第四指示信息确定的,所述第四指示信息由第一DCI携带。The method according to any one of claims 9, 11, 12, 19, 21-23, 26-30, wherein the first SSB is an SSB used by the terminal device, and the first SSB is based on the first SSB. Determined by four indication information, the fourth indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  32. 根据权利要求2-31任一项所述的方法,其中,所述传输资源为PRACH时机。The method according to any one of claims 2-31, wherein the transmission resource is a PRACH opportunity.
  33. 根据权利要求10、28、29任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第二指示信息,由第一DCI携带。The method according to any one of claims 10, 28, and 29, wherein the second indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  34. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述第三指示信息,由以下之一携带:下行控制信息DCI、无线资源控制RRC信令。The method according to claim 13, wherein the third indication information is carried by one of the following: downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的方法,其中,所述第三指示信息,由第一DCI携带。The method according to claim 34, wherein the third indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  36. 根据权利要求1-35任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息,由以下之一携带:下行控制信息DCI、无线资源控制RRC信令。The method according to any one of claims 1-35, wherein the first indication information is carried by one of the following: downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息,由第一DCI中携带。The method according to claim 36, wherein the first indication information is carried in a first DCI.
  38. 根据权利要求31、33、35、37任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一DCI的格式为DCI格式1_0。The method according to any one of claims 31, 33, 35, and 37, wherein the format of the first DCI is DCI format 1_0.
  39. 一种通信方法,包括:A method of communication including:
    网络设备发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备是否进行物理随机接入信道PRACH的重复传输。The network device sends first indication information; the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 39, wherein the method further includes:
    所述网络设备在所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输的情况下,在多个目标传输资源上,接收重复传输的PRACH;其中,所述多个目标传输资源中每个目标传输资源用于进行一次PRACH的传输。When the first instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform repeated transmission of PRACH, the network device receives the repeatedly transmitted PRACH on multiple target transmission resources; wherein each of the multiple target transmission resources Target transmission resources are used for a PRACH transmission.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值的情况下,用于指示所述终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输;The method according to claim 40, wherein when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform repeated transmission of PRACH;
    和/或,所述第一指示信息的取值为第二指定值的情况下,用于指示所述终端设备不进行PRACH的重复传输。And/or, when the value of the first indication information is a second specified value, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的方法,其中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,与第一参数相关,其中,所述第一参数用于表示一个传输资源关联的SSB的数量。The method according to claim 41, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is related to a first parameter, wherein the first parameter is used to represent the number of SSBs associated with one transmission resource.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的方法,其中,在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一参数;等于第一预设值。The method according to claim 42, wherein when the first parameter is not less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the first parameter; equal to a first preset value .
  44. 根据权利要求42所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 42, wherein the method further includes:
    在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值、且所述第一参数小于1的情况下,确定所述终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输。When the value of the first indication information is a first specified value and the first parameter is less than 1, it is determined that the terminal equipment performs repeated transmission of PRACH.
  45. 根据权利要求42或44所述的方法,其中,在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一参数的倒数;等于第二预设值。The method according to claim 42 or 44, wherein when the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter; equal to the second default value.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的方法,其中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于第一参数的倒数与第二预设值中的最小值。The method according to claim 45, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the minimum value of the reciprocal of the first parameter and the second preset value.
  47. 根据权利要求42或44所述的方法,其中,在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源的数量。The method according to claim 42 or 44, wherein when the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the number of first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle. .
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 47, wherein the method further includes:
    在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值、所述第一参数小于1、第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,确定所述终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输。When the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, the first parameter is less than 1, and the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, it is determined that the terminal equipment performs PRACH. Repeat the transfer.
  49. 根据权利要求47或48所述的方法,其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源,包括:The method according to claim 47 or 48, wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB includes:
    所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源。A plurality of available transmission resources in a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  50. 根据权利要求47所述的方法,其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源,包括以下之一:The method according to claim 47, wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB includes one of the following:
    所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;One or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB;
    所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的多个可用传输资源;其中,所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源,为所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。Multiple available transmission resources between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource of the first SSB association; wherein the starting available transmission resource and/or the ending available transmission resource are the first SSB association designated transmission resources.
  51. 根据权利要求41所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 41, wherein the method further includes:
    所述网络设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息携带第一数值,所述第一数值用于所述终端设备确定PRACH的重复传输次数。The network device sends third indication information, the third indication information carries a first value, and the first value is used by the terminal device to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的方法,其中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:The method according to claim 51, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following:
    等于所述第一数值;equal to the first value;
    等于所述第一数值与第二数值的乘积。Is equal to the product of the first value and the second value.
  53. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息的取值不为第三指定值的情况下,用于指示所述终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输;The method according to claim 40, wherein when the value of the first indication information is not a third specified value, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment to perform repeated transmission of PRACH;
    和/或,在所述第一指示信息的取值为第三指定值的情况下,用于指示所述终端设备不进行PRACH的重复传输。And/or, when the value of the first indication information is a third specified value, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息的取值,用于所述终端设备确定PRACH的重复传输次数。The method according to claim 53, wherein the value of the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的方法,其中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:The method according to claim 54, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following:
    等于所述第一指示信息的取值;Equal to the value of the first indication information;
    等于所述第一指示信息的取值与第二数值的乘积。It is equal to the product of the value of the first indication information and the second value.
  56. 根据权利要求52或55所述的方法,其中,所述第二数值,为预设的,或为网络设备为终端设备配置的,或与第一参数相关;其中,所述第一参数用于表示一个传输资源关联的同步信号块SSB的数量。The method according to claim 52 or 55, wherein the second value is preset, or is configured by the network device for the terminal device, or is related to the first parameter; wherein the first parameter is used for Indicates the number of synchronization signal blocks SSB associated with a transmission resource.
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的方法,其中,所述第二数值与所述第一参数相关的情况下,为以下之一:The method according to claim 56, wherein when the second numerical value is related to the first parameter, it is one of the following:
    在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,等于所述第一参数的倒数;When the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter;
    在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,等于1;In the case where the first parameter is not less than 1, it is equal to 1;
    在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,等于所述第一参数;When the first parameter is not less than 1, it is equal to the first parameter;
    在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,等于一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源的数量。In the case where the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the number of second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within one mapping cycle.
  58. 根据权利要求40-57任一项所述的方法,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源。The method according to any one of claims 40 to 57, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: multiple transmission resources continuous within one or more mapping cycles.
  59. 根据权利要求47-50任一项所述的方法,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:The method according to any one of claims 47-50, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include:
    在一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源。The first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle.
  60. 根据权利要求40-46、51-57任一项所述的方法,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环中每个映射循环内,第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源。The method according to any one of claims 40-46 and 51-57, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: within each mapping cycle in one or more mapping cycles, the first SSB associated 2. Available transmission resources.
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的方法,其中,所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,包括以下之一:The method according to claim 60, wherein the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB includes one of the following:
    所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;One or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB;
    所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源;A plurality of available transmission resources in the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB;
    所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源;The designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB;
    所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的一个或多个可用传输资源;其中,所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源,为所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。One or more available transmission resources between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the starting available transmission resource and/or the ending available transmission resource are the first Specified transmission resources associated with SSB.
  62. 根据权利要求53所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息的取值为结束目标传输资源的索引号。The method according to claim 53, wherein the value of the first indication information is an index number of the end target transmission resource.
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的方法,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:起始目标传输资源至所述结束目标传输资源之间的连续的多个传输资源。The method according to claim 62, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: a plurality of consecutive transmission resources between a starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
  64. 根据权利要求62所述的方法,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:起始目标传输资源至所述结束目标传输资源之间的第一SSB关联的多个可用传输资源。The method according to claim 62, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: a plurality of available transmission resources of the first SSB association between the starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
  65. 根据权利要求58-64任一项所述的方法,其中,所述多个目标传输资源中的起始目标传输资源,为第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;The method according to any one of claims 58 to 64, wherein the starting target transmission resource among the plurality of target transmission resources is the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB;
    其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为以下之一:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。Wherein, the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource associated with the first mapping cycle The first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the SSB; the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle.
  66. 根据权利要求49、61、65任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 49, 61, and 65, wherein the method further includes:
    所述网络设备发送第二指示信息;所述第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,用于所述终端设备确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集。The network device sends second indication information; if the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, it is used by the terminal device to determine a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  67. 根据权利要求50、61、65任一项所述的方法,其中,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 50, 61, and 65, wherein the method further includes:
    所述网络设备发送第二指示信息;所述第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围内的情况下,用于所述终端设备确定所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。The network device sends second indication information; if the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, it is used by the terminal device to determine the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  68. 根据权利要求47、57-60任一项所述的方法,其中,所述映射循环包括:多个SSB映射的传输资源;所述多个SSB中包含所述第一SSB。The method according to any one of claims 47 and 57-60, wherein the mapping cycle includes: transmission resources mapped by multiple SSBs; the multiple SSBs include the first SSB.
  69. 根据权利要求47、49、50、57、59、60、61、64-68任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 47, 49, 50, 57, 59, 60, 61, 64-68, wherein the method further includes:
    所述网络设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于所述终端设备确定所述第一SSB,所述第一SSB为所述终端设备使用的SSB;所述第四指示信息由第一DCI携带。The network device sends fourth indication information, the fourth indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the first SSB, and the first SSB is the SSB used by the terminal device; the fourth indication information is provided by First DCI carries.
  70. 根据权利要求40-69任一项所述的方法,其中,所述传输资源为PRACH时机。The method according to any one of claims 40 to 69, wherein the transmission resource is a PRACH opportunity.
  71. 根据权利要求48、66、67任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第二指示信息,由第一DCI携带。The method according to any one of claims 48, 66, and 67, wherein the second indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  72. 根据权利要求51所述的方法,其中,所述第三指示信息,由以下之一携带:下行控制信息DCI、无线资源控制RRC信令。The method according to claim 51, wherein the third indication information is carried by one of the following: downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
  73. 根据权利要求72所述的方法,其中,所述第三指示信息,由第一DCI携带。The method according to claim 72, wherein the third indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  74. 根据权利要求39-73任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息,由以下之一携带:下行控制信息DCI、无线资源控制RRC信令。The method according to any one of claims 39 to 73, wherein the first indication information is carried by one of the following: downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
  75. 根据权利要求74所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息,由第一DCI携带。The method according to claim 74, wherein the first indication information is carried by a first DCI.
  76. 根据权利要求69、71、73、75任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一DCI的格式为DCI格式1_0。The method according to any one of claims 69, 71, 73, and 75, wherein the format of the first DCI is DCI format 1_0.
  77. 一种终端设备,包括:A terminal device including:
    第一通信单元,用于接收第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示是否进行物理随机接入信道PRACH的重复传输。The first communication unit is configured to receive first indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
  78. 根据权利要求77所述的终端设备,其中,所述终端设备还包括:The terminal device according to claim 77, wherein the terminal device further includes:
    第一处理单元,用于在基于所述第一指示信息确定进行PRACH的重复传输的情况下,在多个目标传输资源上进行PRACH的重复传输;其中,所述多个目标传输资源中每个目标传输资源用于进行一次PRACH的传输。A first processing unit configured to perform repeated transmission of PRACH on multiple target transmission resources when it is determined to perform repeated transmission of PRACH based on the first indication information; wherein each of the multiple target transmission resources The target transmission resource is used for a PRACH transmission.
  79. 根据权利要求78所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理单元,用于在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输;The terminal device according to claim 78, wherein the first processing unit is configured to determine to perform repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value;
    和/或,在所述第一指示信息的取值为第二指定值的情况下,确定不进行PRACH的重复传输。And/or, when the value of the first indication information is the second specified value, it is determined not to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH.
  80. 根据权利要求79所述的终端设备,其中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,与第一参数相关,其中,所述第一参数用于表示一个传输资源关联的SSB的数量。The terminal device according to claim 79, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is related to a first parameter, wherein the first parameter is used to represent the number of SSBs associated with one transmission resource.
  81. 根据权利要求80所述的终端设备,其中,在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一参数;等于第一预设值。The terminal device according to claim 80, wherein when the first parameter is not less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the first parameter; equal to a first preset value.
  82. 根据权利要求80所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理单元,用于在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值、且所述第一参数小于1的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输。The terminal device according to claim 80, wherein the first processing unit is configured to determine when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value and the first parameter is less than 1. Perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  83. 根据权利要求80或82所述的终端设备,其中,在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一参数的倒数;等于第二预设值。The terminal device according to claim 80 or 82, wherein when the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter; equal to the th 2. Default value.
  84. 根据权利要求83所述的终端设备,其中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于所述第一参数的倒数与所述第二预设值中的最小值。The terminal device according to claim 83, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the minimum value of the reciprocal of the first parameter and the second preset value.
  85. 根据权利要求80或82所述的终端设备,其中,在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源的数量。The terminal device according to claim 80 or 82, wherein when the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle. quantity.
  86. 根据权利要求85所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理单元,用于在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值、所述第一参数小于1、第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,确定进行The terminal device according to claim 85, wherein the first processing unit is configured to operate when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, the first parameter is less than 1, and the second indication information is If the value is within the first value range, it is determined to proceed
    PRACH的重复传输。Repeated transmission of PRACH.
  87. 根据权利要求85或86所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源,包括:The terminal device according to claim 85 or 86, wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB includes:
    所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源。A plurality of available transmission resources in a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  88. 根据权利要求85所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源,包括以下之一:The terminal device according to claim 85, wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB includes one of the following:
    所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;One or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB;
    所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的多个可用传输资源;其中,所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源,为所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。Multiple available transmission resources between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource of the first SSB association; wherein the starting available transmission resource and/or the ending available transmission resource are the first SSB association designated transmission resources.
  89. 根据权利要求79所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一通信单元,用于接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息携带第一数值,所述第一数值用于确定PRACH的重复传输次数。The terminal device according to claim 79, wherein the first communication unit is used to receive third indication information, the third indication information carries a first value, and the first value is used to determine repeated transmission of PRACH frequency.
  90. 根据权利要求89所述的终端设备,其中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一数值;等于所述第一数值与第二数值的乘积。The terminal device according to claim 89, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the first value; equal to the product of the first value and the second value.
  91. 根据权利要求78所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理单元,用于所述第一指示信息的取值不为第三指定值的情况下,确定进行PRACH的重复传输;The terminal device according to claim 78, wherein the first processing unit is used to determine to perform repeated transmission of PRACH when the value of the first indication information is not a third specified value;
    和/或,在所述第一指示信息的取值为第三指定值的情况下,确定不进行PRACH的重复传输。And/or, when the value of the first indication information is a third specified value, it is determined not to perform repeated transmission of the PRACH.
  92. 根据权利要求91所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一指示信息的取值,用于确定PRACH的重复传输次数。The terminal device according to claim 91, wherein the value of the first indication information is used to determine the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH.
  93. 根据权利要求92所述的终端设备,其中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一指示信息的取值;等于所述第一指示信息的取值与第二数值的乘积。The terminal device according to claim 92, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the value of the first indication information; equal to the value of the first indication information and the second value product of .
  94. 根据权利要求90或93所述的终端设备,其中,所述第二数值,为预设的,或为网络设备配置的,或与第一参数相关;其中,所述第一参数用于表示一个传输资源关联的同步信号块SSB的数量。The terminal device according to claim 90 or 93, wherein the second value is preset, or configured for a network device, or related to a first parameter; wherein the first parameter is used to represent a The number of synchronization signal blocks SSB associated with the transmission resource.
  95. 根据权利要求94所述的终端设备,其中,所述第二数值与所述第一参数相关的情况下,为以下之一:The terminal device according to claim 94, wherein when the second value is related to the first parameter, it is one of the following:
    在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,等于所述第一参数的倒数;When the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter;
    在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,等于1;In the case where the first parameter is not less than 1, it is equal to 1;
    在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,等于所述第一参数;When the first parameter is not less than 1, it is equal to the first parameter;
    在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,等于一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源的数量。In the case where the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the number of second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within one mapping cycle.
  96. 根据权利要求78-95任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源。The terminal device according to any one of claims 78 to 95, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: multiple transmission resources continuous within one or more mapping cycles.
  97. 根据权利要求85-88任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源。The terminal device according to any one of claims 85 to 88, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: a first available transmission resource associated with a first SSB within a mapping cycle.
  98. 根据权利要求78-84、89-95任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环中每个映射循环内,第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源。The terminal device according to any one of claims 78-84 and 89-95, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: in each mapping cycle in one or more mapping cycles, the first SSB associated Second available transmission resources.
  99. 根据权利要求98所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,包括以下之一:The terminal device according to claim 98, wherein the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB includes one of the following:
    所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;One or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB;
    所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源;A plurality of available transmission resources in the transmission resource subset associated with the first SSB;
    所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源;The designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB;
    所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的一个或多个可用传输资源;其中,所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源,为所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。One or more available transmission resources between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource associated with the first SSB; wherein the starting available transmission resource and/or the ending available transmission resource are the first Specified transmission resources associated with SSB.
  100. 根据权利要求91所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一指示信息的取值为结束目标传输资源的索引号。The terminal device according to claim 91, wherein the value of the first indication information is an index number of the end target transmission resource.
  101. 根据权利要求100所述的终端设备,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:起始目标传输资源至所述结束目标传输资源之间的连续的多个传输资源。The terminal device according to claim 100, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: a plurality of consecutive transmission resources between a starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
  102. 根据权利要求100所述的终端设备,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:起始目标传输资源至所述结束目标传输资源之间的第一SSB关联的多个可用传输资源。The terminal device according to claim 100, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: a plurality of available transmission resources of the first SSB association between the starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
  103. 根据权利要求96-102任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述多个目标传输资源中的起始目标传输资源,为第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;The terminal device according to any one of claims 96-102, wherein the starting target transmission resource among the plurality of target transmission resources is the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB;
    其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为以下之一:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。Wherein, the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource associated with the first mapping cycle The first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the SSB; the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle.
  104. 根据权利要求87、99、103任一项所述的终端设备,其中,第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,用于确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集。The terminal device according to any one of claims 87, 99, and 103, wherein when the value of the second indication information is within the first value range, it is used to determine the transmission resource sub-assembly associated with the first SSB. set.
  105. 根据权利要求88、99、103任一项所述的终端设备,其中,第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围内的情况下,用于确定所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。The terminal device according to any one of claims 88, 99, and 103, wherein when the value of the second indication information is within the second value range, it is used to determine the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB. .
  106. 根据权利要求85、95-96任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述映射循环包括:多个SSB映射的传输资源;所述多个SSB中包含所述第一SSB。The terminal device according to any one of claims 85 and 95-96, wherein the mapping cycle includes: transmission resources mapped by multiple SSBs; the multiple SSBs include the first SSB.
  107. 根据权利要求85、87、88、95、97-99、102-106任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一SSB为所述终端设备使用的SSB,所述第一SSB为基于第四指示信息确定的,所述第四指示信息由第一DCI携带。The terminal device according to any one of claims 85, 87, 88, 95, 97-99, 102-106, wherein the first SSB is an SSB used by the terminal device, and the first SSB is based on Determined by the fourth indication information, the fourth indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  108. 根据权利要求78-107任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述传输资源为PRACH时机。The terminal device according to any one of claims 78-107, wherein the transmission resource is a PRACH opportunity.
  109. 根据权利要求86、104、105任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第二指示信息,由第一DCI携带。The terminal device according to any one of claims 86, 104, and 105, wherein the second indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  110. 根据权利要求89所述的终端设备,其中,所述第三指示信息,由以下之一携带:下行控制信息DCI、无线资源控制RRC信令。The terminal device according to claim 89, wherein the third indication information is carried by one of the following: downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
  111. 根据权利要求110所述的终端设备,其中,所述第三指示信息,由第一DCI携带。The terminal device according to claim 110, wherein the third indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  112. 根据权利要求77-111任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一指示信息,由以下之一携带:下行控制信息DCI、无线资源控制RRC信令。The terminal device according to any one of claims 77-111, wherein the first indication information is carried by one of the following: downlink control information DCI, radio resource control RRC signaling.
  113. 根据权利要求112所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一指示信息,由第一DCI中携带。The terminal device according to claim 112, wherein the first indication information is carried in a first DCI.
  114. 根据权利要求107、109、111、113任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一DCI的格式为DCI格式1_0。The terminal device according to any one of claims 107, 109, 111, and 113, wherein the format of the first DCI is DCI format 1_0.
  115. 一种网络设备,包括:A network device that includes:
    第二通信单元,用于发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备是否进行物理随机接入信道PRACH的重复传输。The second communication unit is configured to send first indication information; the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device whether to perform repeated transmission of the physical random access channel PRACH.
  116. 根据权利要求115所述的网络设备,其中,所述网络设备还包括:The network device according to claim 115, wherein the network device further includes:
    第二处理单元,用于在所述第一指示信息用于指示终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输的情况下,在多个目标传输资源上,接收重复传输的PRACH;其中,所述多个目标传输资源中每个目标传输资源用于进行一次PRACH的传输。The second processing unit is configured to receive the repeatedly transmitted PRACH on multiple target transmission resources when the first indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform repeated transmission of PRACH; wherein the multiple target transmission resources Each target transmission resource in the resource is used for one PRACH transmission.
  117. 根据权利要求116所述的网络设备,其中,所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值的情况下,用于指示所述终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输;The network device according to claim 116, wherein when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, it is used to instruct the terminal device to perform repeated transmission of PRACH;
    和/或,所述第一指示信息的取值为第二指定值的情况下,用于指示所述终端设备不进行PRACH的重复传输。And/or, when the value of the first indication information is a second specified value, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  118. 根据权利要求117所述的网络设备,其中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,与第一参数相关,其中,所述第一参数用于表示一个传输资源关联的SSB的数量。The network device according to claim 117, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is related to a first parameter, wherein the first parameter is used to represent the number of SSBs associated with one transmission resource.
  119. 根据权利要求118所述的网络设备,其中,在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一参数;等于第一预设值。The network device according to claim 118, wherein when the first parameter is not less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the first parameter; equal to a first preset value.
  120. 根据权利要求118所述的网络设备,其中,所述第二处理单元,用于在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值、且所述第一参数小于1的情况下,确定所述终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输。The network device according to claim 118, wherein the second processing unit is configured to determine when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value and the first parameter is less than 1. The terminal equipment performs repeated transmission of PRACH.
  121. 根据权利要求118或120所述的网络设备,其中,在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一参数的倒数;等于第二预设值。The network device according to claim 118 or 120, wherein when the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the reciprocal of the first parameter; equal to the th 2. Default value.
  122. 根据权利要求121所述的网络设备,其中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于第一参数的倒数与第二预设值中的最小值。The network device according to claim 121, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the minimum value of the reciprocal of the first parameter and the second preset value.
  123. 根据权利要求118或120所述的网络设备,其中,在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,等于一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源的数量。The network device according to claim 118 or 120, wherein when the first parameter is less than 1, the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is equal to the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle. quantity.
  124. 根据权利要求123所述的网络设备,其中,所述第二处理单元,用于在所述第一指示信息的取值为第一指定值、所述第一参数小于1、第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,确定所述终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输。The network device according to claim 123, wherein the second processing unit is configured to operate when the value of the first indication information is a first specified value, the first parameter is less than 1, and the second indication information is If the value is within the first value range, it is determined that the terminal equipment performs repeated transmission of PRACH.
  125. 根据权利要求123或124所述的网络设备,其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源,包括:所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源。The network device according to claim 123 or 124, wherein the first available transmission resources associated with the first SSB include: a plurality of available transmission resources in a subset of the transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  126. 根据权利要求123所述的网络设备,其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源,包括以下之一:The network device according to claim 123, wherein the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB includes one of the following:
    所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;One or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB;
    所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的多个可用传输资源;其中,所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源,为所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。Multiple available transmission resources between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource of the first SSB association; wherein the starting available transmission resource and/or the ending available transmission resource are the first SSB association designated transmission resources.
  127. 根据权利要求117所述的网络设备,其中,所述第二通信单元,用于发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息携带第一数值,所述第一数值用于所述终端设备确定PRACH的重复传输次数。The network device according to claim 117, wherein the second communication unit is configured to send third indication information, the third indication information carries a first value, and the first value is used by the terminal device to determine The number of repeated transmissions of PRACH.
  128. 根据权利要求127所述的网络设备,其中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一数值;等于所述第一数值与第二数值的乘积。The network device according to claim 127, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the first value; equal to the product of the first value and the second value.
  129. 根据权利要求116所述的网络设备,其中,所述第一指示信息的取值不为第三指定值的情况下,用于指示所述终端设备进行PRACH的重复传输;The network device according to claim 116, wherein when the value of the first indication information is not a third specified value, it is used to instruct the terminal device to perform repeated transmission of PRACH;
    和/或,在所述第一指示信息的取值为第三指定值的情况下,用于指示所述终端设备不进行PRACH的重复传输。And/or, when the value of the first indication information is a third specified value, it is used to instruct the terminal equipment not to perform repeated transmission of PRACH.
  130. 根据权利要求129所述的网络设备,其中,所述第一指示信息的取值,用于所述终端设备确定PRACH的重复传输次数。The network device according to claim 129, wherein the value of the first indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the number of repeated transmissions of PRACH.
  131. 根据权利要求130所述的网络设备,其中,所述PRACH的重复传输次数,为以下之一:等于所述第一指示信息的取值;等于所述第一指示信息的取值与第二数值的乘积。The network device according to claim 130, wherein the number of repeated transmissions of the PRACH is one of the following: equal to the value of the first indication information; equal to the value of the first indication information and the second value product of .
  132. 根据权利要求128或131所述的网络设备,其中,所述第二数值,为预设的,或为网络设备为终端设备配置的,或与第一参数相关;其中,所述第一参数用于表示一个传输资源关联的同步信号块SSB的数量。The network device according to claim 128 or 131, wherein the second value is preset, or is configured by the network device for the terminal device, or is related to the first parameter; wherein the first parameter is Indicates the number of synchronization signal blocks SSB associated with a transmission resource.
  133. 根据权利要求132所述的网络设备,其中,所述第二数值与所述第一参数相关的情况下,为以下之一:在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,等于所述第一参数的倒数;在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,等于1;在所述第一参数不小于1的情况下,等于所述第一参数;在所述第一参数小于1的情况下,等于一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源的数量。The network device according to claim 132, wherein when the second numerical value is related to the first parameter, it is one of the following: when the first parameter is less than 1, it is equal to the first The reciprocal of the parameter; when the first parameter is not less than 1, it is equal to 1; when the first parameter is not less than 1, it is equal to the first parameter; when the first parameter is less than 1 , equal to the number of second available transmission resources associated with the first SSB within a mapping cycle.
  134. 根据权利要求116-133任一项所述的网络设备,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环内连续的多个传输资源。The network device according to any one of claims 116 to 133, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: multiple transmission resources continuous within one or more mapping cycles.
  135. 根据权利要求123-126任一项所述的网络设备,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个映射循环内第一SSB关联的第一可用传输资源。The network device according to any one of claims 123 to 126, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: a first available transmission resource associated with a first SSB within a mapping cycle.
  136. 根据权利要求116-122、127-133任一项所述的网络设备,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:在一个或多个映射循环中每个映射循环内,第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源。The network device according to any one of claims 116-122 and 127-133, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: within each mapping cycle in one or more mapping cycles, the first SSB associated Second available transmission resources.
  137. 根据权利要求136所述的网络设备,其中,所述第一SSB关联的第二可用传输资源,包括以下之一:所述第一SSB关联的一个或多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的多个可用传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源;所述第一SSB关联的起始可用传输资源至结束可用传输资源之间的一个或多个可用传输资源;其中,所述起始可用传输资源和/或结束可用传输资源,为所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。The network device according to claim 136, wherein the second available transmission resource associated with the first SSB includes one of the following: one or more available transmission resources associated with the first SSB; the first SSB Multiple available transmission resources in the associated transmission resource subset; designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB; one or more available transmissions between the starting available transmission resource and the ending available transmission resource associated with the first SSB resources; wherein the starting available transmission resources and/or the ending available transmission resources are designated transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  138. 根据权利要求129所述的网络设备,其中,所述第一指示信息的取值为结束目标传输资源的索引号。The network device according to claim 129, wherein the value of the first indication information is an index number of the end target transmission resource.
  139. 根据权利要求138所述的网络设备,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:起始目标传输资源至所述结束目标传输资源之间的连续的多个传输资源。The network device according to claim 138, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: a plurality of consecutive transmission resources between a starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
  140. 根据权利要求138所述的网络设备,其中,所述多个目标传输资源,包括:起始目标传输资源至所述结束目标传输资源之间的第一SSB关联的多个可用传输资源。The network device according to claim 138, wherein the plurality of target transmission resources include: a plurality of available transmission resources of the first SSB association between the starting target transmission resource and the end target transmission resource.
  141. 根据权利要求134-140任一项所述的网络设备,其中,所述多个目标传输资源中的起始目标传输资源,为第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;The network device according to any one of claims 134-140, wherein the starting target transmission resource among the plurality of target transmission resources is the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB;
    其中,所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源为以下之一:第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的第一个可用传输资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集中的第一个可用传输 资源;第一个映射循环内所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。Wherein, the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB is one of the following: the first available transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle; the first available transmission resource associated with the first mapping cycle The first available transmission resource in the subset of transmission resources associated with the SSB; the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB in the first mapping cycle.
  142. 根据权利要求125、137、141任一项所述的网络设备,其中,所述第二通信单元,用于发送第二指示信息;所述第二指示信息的取值在第一取值范围内的情况下,用于所述终端设备确定所述第一SSB关联的传输资源子集。The network device according to any one of claims 125, 137, and 141, wherein the second communication unit is used to send second indication information; the value of the second indication information is within the first value range In the case of , the terminal device is used to determine a subset of transmission resources associated with the first SSB.
  143. 根据权利要求127、137、141任一项所述的网络设备,其中,所述第二通信单元,用于发送第二指示信息;所述第二指示信息的取值在第二取值范围内的情况下,用于所述终端设备确定所述第一SSB关联的指定传输资源。The network device according to any one of claims 127, 137, and 141, wherein the second communication unit is used to send second indication information; the value of the second indication information is within the second value range. In the case of , the terminal device is used to determine the designated transmission resource associated with the first SSB.
  144. 根据权利要求123、133-136任一项所述的网络设备,其中,所述映射循环包括:多个SSB映射的传输资源;所述多个SSB中包含所述第一SSB。The network device according to any one of claims 123 and 133-136, wherein the mapping cycle includes: transmission resources mapped by multiple SSBs; the multiple SSBs include the first SSB.
  145. 根据权利要求123、125、126、133、135、136、137、140-144任一项所述的网络设备,其中,所述第二通信单元,用于发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于所述终端设备确定所述第一SSB,所述第一SSB为所述终端设备使用的SSB;所述第四指示信息由第一DCI携带。The network device according to any one of claims 123, 125, 126, 133, 135, 136, 137, 140-144, wherein the second communication unit is used to send fourth indication information, and the fourth The indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the first SSB, and the first SSB is the SSB used by the terminal device; the fourth indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  146. 根据权利要求116-145任一项所述的网络设备,其中,所述传输资源为PRACH时机。The network device according to any one of claims 116-145, wherein the transmission resource is a PRACH opportunity.
  147. 根据权利要求124、142、143任一项所述的网络设备,其中,所述第二指示信息,由第一DCI携带。The network device according to any one of claims 124, 142, and 143, wherein the second indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  148. 根据权利要求127所述的网络设备,其中,所述第三指示信息,由以下之一携带:下行控制信息DCI、无线资源控制RRC信令。The network device according to claim 127, wherein the third indication information is carried by one of the following: downlink control information DCI, radio resource control RRC signaling.
  149. 根据权利要求148所述的网络设备,其中,所述第三指示信息,由第一DCI携带。The network device according to claim 148, wherein the third indication information is carried by the first DCI.
  150. 根据权利要求115-149任一项所述的网络设备,其中,所述第一指示信息,由以下之一携带:下行控制信息DCI、无线资源控制RRC信令。The network device according to any one of claims 115 to 149, wherein the first indication information is carried by one of the following: downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
  151. 根据权利要求150所述的网络设备,其中,所述第一指示信息,由第一DCI携带。The network device according to claim 150, wherein the first indication information is carried by a first DCI.
  152. 根据权利要求69、71、73、151任一项所述的网络设备,其中,所述第一DCI的格式为DCI格式1_0。The network device according to any one of claims 69, 71, 73, and 151, wherein the format of the first DCI is DCI format 1_0.
  153. 一种终端设备,包括:处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使所述终端设备执行如权利要求1至38中任一项所述的方法。A terminal device, including: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, so that the terminal device executes claims 1 to 38 any one of the methods.
  154. 一种网络设备,包括:处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使所述网络设备执行如权利要求39至76中任一项所述的方法。A network device, including: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, so that the network device executes claims 39 to 76 any one of the methods.
  155. 一种芯片,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求1至38、或39至76中任一项所述的方法。A chip includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 38, or 39 to 76.
  156. 一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被设备运行时使得所述设备执行如权利要求1至38、或39至76中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium used to store a computer program, which when the computer program is run by a device, causes the device to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 38, or 39 to 76.
  157. 一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行如权利要求1至38、或39至76中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising computer program instructions, the computer program instructions causing a computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 38, or 39 to 76.
PCT/CN2022/100053 2022-06-21 2022-06-21 Communication method, terminal device and network device WO2023245407A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/100053 WO2023245407A1 (en) 2022-06-21 2022-06-21 Communication method, terminal device and network device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/100053 WO2023245407A1 (en) 2022-06-21 2022-06-21 Communication method, terminal device and network device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023245407A1 true WO2023245407A1 (en) 2023-12-28

Family

ID=89378698

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/100053 WO2023245407A1 (en) 2022-06-21 2022-06-21 Communication method, terminal device and network device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023245407A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017023066A1 (en) * 2015-08-06 2017-02-09 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for performing random access and mtc apparatus
CN112584537A (en) * 2019-09-30 2021-03-30 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Method and device for configuring PRACH (physical random Access channel) resources
WO2021207925A1 (en) * 2020-04-14 2021-10-21 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Resource determination method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
CN114501658A (en) * 2020-10-23 2022-05-13 展讯半导体(南京)有限公司 Data repeated transmission method and device, storage medium, terminal and base station

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017023066A1 (en) * 2015-08-06 2017-02-09 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for performing random access and mtc apparatus
CN112584537A (en) * 2019-09-30 2021-03-30 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Method and device for configuring PRACH (physical random Access channel) resources
WO2021207925A1 (en) * 2020-04-14 2021-10-21 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Resource determination method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
CN114501658A (en) * 2020-10-23 2022-05-13 展讯半导体(南京)有限公司 Data repeated transmission method and device, storage medium, terminal and base station

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020020270A1 (en) Random access method and communication device
KR102246074B1 (en) Sidelink frame structure and physical resources for NR-V2X communication
US20220394650A1 (en) Information transmission method, terminal device and network device
US20230217503A1 (en) Random access method and terminal device
US20230337289A1 (en) Wireless communication method and terminal device
WO2022016376A1 (en) Random access information processing method, terminal, and network device
WO2020172777A1 (en) Random access method and apparatus
US20180063777A1 (en) Network Access of a Wireless Device
WO2023143054A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
KR102160789B1 (en) Method and apparatus for harq feedback with dynamically enabling or disabliing harq in nr v2x
WO2023071843A1 (en) Resource mapping method and apparatus, terminal and network device
KR102341845B1 (en) Access Control Methods and Related Products
WO2023245407A1 (en) Communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2022126667A1 (en) Method for processing random access response, and network device and terminal device
WO2022183406A1 (en) Method for transmitting data channel, terminal device and network device
WO2022151085A1 (en) Beam management method, terminal device, and network device
KR102188882B1 (en) Method and apparatus for harq feedback with dynamically enabling or disabliing harq in nr v2x
WO2022067614A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
CN113812191B (en) Method and device for sending or receiving feedback information
WO2024031587A1 (en) Communication method, terminal device and network device
CN115669186A (en) Wireless communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment
WO2024031573A1 (en) Communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2024011396A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2022246588A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2023019409A1 (en) Information indication method, terminal device, network device, chip, and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22947187

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1